GUJARAT STATE HIGHWAYS PROJECT
_E =. = =3 = _s _csS.3
_=- V
Prepared for
N.D. Lea International Ltd.
The Government of Gujarat in association with
Roads and Buildings Department Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.
April 1998 eAscas
Contents
LeAsocrnt
CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION 1
2. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ROAD CORRIDORS 3
2.1 Introduction 3
2.2 Phase I Project Roads 3
2.3 Geographic Boundary 3
2.4 Time Periods 4
2.4.1 Construction Period 4
2.4.2 Operational Period 4
2.4.3 Environmental Clearance 4
3. METHODOLOGY 9
3.1 Selection of Project Roads for Phase I 9
3.2 Strip Map Data Collection and Updating, Tabulation and Database Design 9
3.3 Natural Environment 9
3.4 Identification of Hotspots 10
3.5 Criteria for Sensitivity Index 10
3.6 Social Environment 10
3.6.1 Demographic Profile 10
3.6.2 Socio-Economic Profile 11
3.6.3 Land Use and Development I l
3.6.4 Vulnerable Groups 12
3.7 Community Consultation 12
3.7.1 Approach and Timetable 12
3.7.2 Information Preparation and Presentation Methods 13
3.7.3 Follow Up 14
3.8 Cultural Environment 14
4. INSTITUTIONAL SETTING, LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION 17
4.1 Introduction 17
4.2 Natural Environment 17
4.3 Social Environment 18
4.4 Gaps and Deficiencies 20
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
5. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 23
5.1 Introduction 23
5.2 The Process 23
5.3 The Perceived Benefits 25
5.4 Major Issues Raised at Village Meetings and FGIs 25
5.5 Findings 27
5.5.1 Village Meetings 27
5.5.2 Findings at Focus Group Interviews 27
5.6 Non Governmental Organisations Involvement 28
5.7 Conclusions 28
6. EXISTING CONDITIONS 29
6.1 Introduction 29
6.2 Natural Environment 29
6.2.1 Geo-Climatic Regions 29
6.2.2 Air Quality and Noise 30
6.2.3 Water Resources 30
6.2.4 Mineral Resources 31
6.2.5 Flora 32
6.2.6 Fauna 37
6.3 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 37
6.3.1 Demographic Profile 38
6.3.2 Vulnerable Groups 42
6.3.3 Land Use and Development 44
6.4 Cultural Environment 44
7. NATURAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT INDICATORS AND
IMPACTS 47
7.1 Introduction 47
7.2 Natural Environment 47
7.2.1 Air Quality 47
7.2.2 Noise 49
723 WatrReoures 50
7.2.4 Mineral Resources 51
7.2.5 Flora 52
7.2.6 Hotspot Identification Matrix 55
7.3 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT 55
7.3.1 Human Settlements, Units and Project Affected Persons 55
7.3.2 Land Acquired 74
7.3.3 Other Assets 75
ii
Contents
7.3.4 Sensitive Community Facilities 76
7.3.5 Vulnerable Groups 76
7.3.6 Sensitive Cultural Heritage Features 77
8. MITIGATION MEASURES 81
8.1 Introduction 81
8.2 Co-ordination Between Highway Design and Environmental Issues 81
8.2.1 Overview of Road Design 81
8.2.2 Impact on the Environment 82
8.2.3 Design in Settled Areas 82
8.3 Natural Environment 83
8.3.1 Air Quality and Noise 83
8.3.2 Water Resources 85
8.3.3 Mineral Resources 86
8.3.4 Flora 88
8.3.5 Fauna 89
8.3.6 Cost Summary of Mitigation Measures For Natural Environment 89
8.3.7 Mitigation of Impacts on Settlements, People, Assets and Property 89
8.4 Social and Cultural Environment 90
8.4.1 Mitigation of Impacts on Settlements, People, Assets and Property 90
8.4.2 Sensitive Cultural Heritage Features 90
8.4.3 Vulnerable Groups 91
9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN 103
10. RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN 115
10.1 Introduction 115
10.2 Project Description 115
10.3 The Boundaries 116
10.4 Measures Taken to Minimise Resettlement 117
10.5 Entitlement, Compensation and Assistance 117
10.5.1 Introduction 117
10.5.2 Entitlements for Project-affected Households (PAHs) 117
10.5.3 Entitlements for Project-affected Persons (PAPs) 120
10.5.4 Entitlements for Project-affected Groups (PAGs) 121
10.5.5 Categories of Project Affected People 121
10.6 The Socio-Economic Survey and Census 122
10.7 Socio-Economic Characteristics of the PAPs 124
10.7.1 Ethnic Groups 124
10.7.2 Gender Ratio 125
10.7.3 Literacy 125
10.7.4 Occupation 125
;i
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
.cc Associates
10.7.5 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribal Households 126
10.7.6 Households Below the Poverty Line 126
10.7.7 Women Headed Households 126
10.7.8 Homeless Population 126
10.7.9 Tenants Length of Occupancy 127
10.8 Community Consultation Programme with PAPs 127
10.9 Feedback on Entitlement Framework and Grievance Procedure 127
10.10 Resettlement Budget 128
10.11 Implementation Plan and Schedule for the RAP 131
10.11.1 Introduction 131
10.11.2 lmplementation Procedure 131
10. 1 1.3 Timing of Construction 135
10.11.4 Implementation Responsibility 136
10.11.5 Development Plan and Training 136
10.12 Follow up 136
11. ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES 139
11.1 Tree Plantation 139
11.2 Footpaths Linking Villages in Rural Areas 139
11.3 Landscaping and Community Common Areas in Urban Environment 139
11.4 Sidewalks in Urban Areas 139
11.5 Roadside Rest Areas 139
11.6 Improved Access to Community Water Supply 140
11.7 Improvements to Existing and Additional Bus Stops 140
12. REFERENCES 143
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX 1: DISCUSSION GUIDES 153
APPENDIX 2: EXAMPLE OF VILLAGE MEETINGS iFGI
REPORTS 157
APPENDIX 3: SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE SURVEY 159
iv
Figures alz
Lea Assoites
FIGURES
FIGURE 2.1: PHASE I ESR PROJECT CORRIDORS 7
FIGURE 3.1: SUGGESTED ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR PROJECT LEVEL
CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 1 3
FIGURE 4.1: ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR LAND ACQUISITION 18
FIGURE 5.1: A FOCUS GROUP INTERVIEW IN PROGRESS 24
FIGURE 5.2: PROJECT AFFECTED PEOPLE, BELONGING TO A WEAVERS CO-OPERATIVE,
WORKING IN THEIR HOMES LOCATED WITH IN THE RoW IN SIDHPUR (MEHSANA TO
PALANPUR) 24
FIGURE 6.1: EXISTING ROADSIDE DITCHES: A CONTAMINATED DITCH ON CORRIDOR 01
BETWEEN SANAND AND SACHANA 31
FIGURE 6.2: GUJARAT SOIL TYPES 34
FIGURE 6.3: DENSE MATURE TREE PLANTATIONS FORMING A GREEN TUNNEL: A GREEN
TUNNEL ON CORRIDOR 17 KADODARA AND BAJIPURA. 36
FIGURE 6.4: TYPICAL SQUATrER SHELTERS LOCATED ALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS3 8
FIGURE 6.5: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF TOTAL POPULATION 40
FIGURE 6.6: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF VULNERABLE GROUPS (ST) 45
FIGURE 7.1: THE PROJECT CORRIDOR IN UNAWA (ALONG CORRIDOR No.3),
CONSTRAINED BY TWO SENSITIVE RELIGIOUS BUILDINGS. 78
FIGURE 8.1: TARANGA HILL IS A UNIQUE GEOLOGICAL FEATURE WHICH WOULD BE
PRESERVED FROM FUTURE QUARRYING OPERATIONS 87
FIGURE 10.1: DESIGN CROSS SECTION 2 LANE RURAL HIGHWAY (80- 1 00 KM/H DESIGN
SPEED) 116
FIGURE 10.2: IMPLEMENTATION PLAN (RAP) PHASE I 133
FIGURE 10.3: IMPLEMENTATION TIMETABLE PHASE I AND 11 134
FIGURE 1 1.1: SITE PLAN OF THE PROPOSED ROADSIDE REST AREA 141
FIGURE 11.2: BIRDS EYE VIEW OF PROPOSED ROADSIDE REST AREA 141
v
Tables oz
Lea Assocastes
TABLES
TABLE 2.1: PHASE I CORRIDORS AND LINKS * 3
TABLE 3.1: LOCATION OF PROPOSED COMMUNITY CONSULTATION MEETINGS 14
TABLE 4.1: STEPS OF THE LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE UNDER THE LAND
ACQUISITION ACT 20
TABLE 5.1: DETAILS OF FGIS AND VILLAGE MEETINGS 25
TABLE 5.2: SUMMARY OF CONSULTATION PROGRAMME FOR PHASE I 25
TABLE 6.1: NUMBER OF MINOR WATER BODIES AND WELLS 30
TABLE 6.2: TREE MASS ON PHASE I CORRIDORS 32
TABLE 7.1: CROSS-DRAINAGE STRUCTURES IN PHASE I CORRIDORS 51
TABLE 7.2: LIKELY AREA OF TREE PLANTATIONS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION 53
TABLE 7.3 : HOTSPOT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 0 1: SARKHEJ TO VIRAMGAM57
TABLE 7.4: HOTSPOT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 03: MEHSANA TO PALANPUR59
TABLE 7.5: HOTSPOT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 06: GODHRA TO HALOL 60
TABLE 7.6: HOTSPOT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 17: KADODRA TO BAJIPURA62
TABLE 7.7: HOTSPOT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 28: RAJKOT TO FALLA 65
TABLE 7.8: SUMMARY TABLE OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY CORRIDOR 66
TABLE 7.9: SUMMARY OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY LINK, CORRIDOR 0 1: SARKHEJ TO
VIRAMGAM 67
TABLE 7.1 0: SUMMARY OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY LINK, CORRIDOR 03: MEHSANA
TO PALANPUR 68
TABLE 7.1 1: SUMMARY OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY LINK, CORRIDOR 06: GODHRA
TO HALOL 69
TABLE 7.12: SUMMARY OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY LINK, CORRIDOR 17: KADODRA
TO BAJIPURA 70
TABLE 7.13 : SUMMARY OF LIKELY SOCIAL IMPACTS BY LINK, CORRIDOR 28: RAJKOT
TO FALLA 71
TABLE 7.14: AREA OF ASSETS LIKELY TO BE IMPACTED BY CORRIDOR 75
TABLE 7.15: DISTRIBUTION AND CONCENTRATION OF VULNERABLE GROUPS AMONG
THE HOUSEHOLDS SURVEYED 76
TABLE 7.16: SUMMARY OF CULTURAL PROPERTY LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED WITHIN AND
ADJACENT TO ROW (PHASE I) 80
TABLE 8.1: TREE PLANTATIONS SAVED AND TO BE CLEARED 89
TABLE 8.2: TOTAL COST OF MITIGATION MEASURES FOR NATURAL ENVIRONMENT IN
PHASE I 89
TABLE 8.3 : HOTSPOT MITIGATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 01 92
TABLE 8.4: HOTSPOT MITIGATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 03 95
TABLE 8.5: HOTSPOT MITIGATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 06 97
TABLE 8.6: HOTSPOT MITIGATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 17 98
TABLE 8.7: HOTSPOT MITIGATION MATRIX CORRIDOR 28 101
TABLE 9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN 104
TABLE 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ACTON PLAN 112
TABLE 9.3: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 114
TABLE 10.1: PAPS AND THEIR ENTITLEMENTS' 118
TABLE 10.2: ENTITLEMENT MATRIX FOR PHASE I CORRIDORS' 123
TABLE 10.3: PROJECT AFFECTED PERSONS AND PROPERTIES - BY LINK 124
TABLE 10.4: DISTRIBUTION AND CONCENTRATION OF PROJECT AFFECTED VULNERABLE
GROUPS 125
TABLE 10.5: VALUE OF LAND 128
TABLE 10.6: VALUE OF BUILDINGS 129
TABLE 10.7: THE RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION BUDGET 132
TABLE 10.8: POTENTIAL AGENCIES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF RAP COMPONENTS 136
vi
Glossary
LeAocts
GLOSSARY
ASI Archaeological Society of India
Col Corridor of Impact (see Figure 2.1)
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CW Carriageway
dTIMS Deighton Total Infrastructure Management Software
EA Environmental Assessment
EIC Environmental Impact Corridor
EMAP Environment Management Action Plan
EMU Environmental Management Unit
EMU Environmental Management Unit
EP Entitled Person
FGI Focus Group Interviews
GoG Government of Gujarat
Gol Government of India
GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board
GSHP Gujarat State Highways Project
HIM Hotspot Identification Matrices
HMM Hotspot Mitigation Matrices
INTACH Indian Nat'l. Trust for Art and Culture Heritage
IRC Indian Road Congress
NAAQM National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
NDLI N. D. Lea International Ltd.
NGO Non-Governmental Organisation
NOC No Objection Certificate
PAF Project Affected Family
PAG Project Affected Group
PAP Project Affected Persons
PCC Project Co-ordinating Consultants
R&BD Gujarat State Roads and Buildings Department
RAP Resettlement Action Plan
RCI Resettlement Corridor of Impact
RoW Right of Way
SCs Scheduled Caste
STs Scheduled Tribe
ToR Terms of Reference
VG Vulnerable Groups
WFPR Work Force Participation Rate
ZSI Zoological Society of India
vii.
Executive Summary
A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A.1 Introduction
lhe Environmental Study Report (ESR), contained in Volume 2B, is the detailed
Environmental Assessment (EA), Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP)
and Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for the corridors to be improved in Phase I of the
Gujarat State Highway Project It is supported by the SEA in Volume 2A. Similar
information, methodology and procedures were often used for both reports.
1The corridors addressed in Phase I are those for which the design was completed by
February 1998. For the Phase I road corridors the aim of the ESR was:
* to undertake an environmental analysis based on data collected on
environmental features along these corridors, focusing on areas of critical
environmental sensitivity; and,
* to provide a practical plan for mitigating and monitoring the impacts resulting
from road rehabilitation and construction activities and from subsequent road
operations.
T he five Phase I road corridors (see Table A. 1) are distributed throughout Gujarat.
A.2 Screening Results
All corridors in Phase I: Gujarat State Highways Project were classified during the
SEA as either medium or low impact category. There are two medium impact
category corridors (Corridors 01 and 17) and hree low impact category corridors
(Corridors 03, 06 and 28) which are dealt in the ESR.
Table AA: Corridors Included in ESR
Corridor Description Location within Length
State (km)
01 Sarkhej - Virarmgam Central 47.7
03 Mehsana - Palanpur North 65.0
06 Lunavada - Halol East 38.0
17 Kadodara - Bajipura South 35.6
28 Rajkot - Falla West 60.0
Total 246.3
BotuDARiEs. Natural environment impact zones 200 m wide, centred over the
carriageway, and RoW enumeration corridors were used for all natural environment
work.
The Corridor of Impact (Col) was used to enumerate the PAPs, their dwellings, lands
and assets. The Col boundaries were not strictly applied but, rather, used as a
guideline. For example, when schools or hospitals border the RoW, the Col is
extended to include the RoW boundary and beyond.
A.3 Existing Conditions
A.3.1 Natural Environment
AIR QUALrrY. Out of the eight field monitoring stations, four were located on the
following Phase I Road links: 012, 032, 064 and 171. Based on air quality data
(i)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
collected at these stations, none of the measurements exceed Gujarat Pollution Control
Board (GPCB) Standards.
NOISE LEVELS. Noise exceeded standards on all ofthe aforementioned links.
WATER BODIES AND CROSS-DRAINAGE STRUCrURES. The ESR provides a tally of
the minor water bodies within the environmental impact zone of the Phase I Roads.
Link 031 (Mehsana to Visnagar) had the highest number with five water bodies being
affected. A complete inventory of minor and major bridges as well as culverts is
provided in the ESR. Corridor 28 has the highest concentration of cross drainage
structures. Link 281 has 47 cross drainage structures along 24.1 km (2.0 cross-
drainage structures/km) and Link 282 has 56 cross-drainage structures along 23.6 km
(2.4 cross-drainage structures/kni).
One bridge in bad condition on Link 031 over the Rupan River will be reconstructed.
SoILs. Corridor 17 is entirely within an area of deep black cotton soil. Out of the
Phase I roads, only Corridor 17 may require extensive excavation or burial of this soil
in order to properly rehabilitate the road.
PITS AND QUARRIES. There are active quarries (see 'List of Quarries' in the SEA)
where aggregates are hauled for the road construction. Due to the geological stability
of the areas, none of the active quarries for Phase I have significant environmental
problems. However, the earth used for embankmnents is hauled from borrow pits
within the RoW, forrning shallow poorly drained ditches, sometimes used for
collection of storm water and irrigation of near by fields. Often these collection areas
are sources of stagnant water which form breeding areas for mosquitoes. In some
Cases, they also collect garbage, liquid and solid waste, as well as more toxic
chemicals in industrial areas where they are used as disposal pits. This is particularly
evident along Corridors 01 and 06.
TREE PLANTATIONS. Trees along the RoW were assessed in the field as described in
the SEA. Table A.2 compares the tree plantation mass among the Phase I corridors1.
Total tree mass was obtained for each corridor then divided by the number of
kilometres in that corridor for an average tree mass per kilometres.
Table A2: Tree Plantation Mass on Phase I Corridors
Corridor Name Tree mass/km
01 Sarkhej-Viramgam 3,664
03 Mehsana-Palanpur 4,281
06 Lunavada-Halol 1,515
17 Kadodara-Bajipura 1,817
28 Rajkot-Vadinar 676
Trees have been planted along all the state highways through various programs. As a
result, there is no overall set pattem tc the way trees have been planted and this is no
exception arnong the Phase I corridors. In general, the older trees have been planted in
an irregular fashion, while younger tree plantations tend to be dense and very regular.
A good example of this is the difference between Corridors 01 and 03. Corridor 01 has
some of the oldest and the biggest trees which occur in one RoW at irregular intervals
and at irregular distances from the edge of the pavement. Corridor 03, on the other
hand, has tree plantations of younger age in multiple rows at very regular intervals and
1 The tree mass is a relative index based on the girth size and the density of plantation.
(ii)
Executive Summary
4eaAssoiate
regular distances from the edge of the pavement. Because of the high density with
multiple rows, even though the trees are younger age, Corridor 03 has much higher
average tree mass than the other corridors. Geo-climatic region also affects growth
rate ie in high rainfall areas trees have a faster growth rate. As a result, corridors in the
south, such as Corridor 17, have large trees but of relatively younger age. The corridor
with the least amount of tree plantations along the roadside, as reflected in the lowest
tree mass, is Corridor 28.
GREEN TUNNELS. In some areas of strip plantations the trees are large and regular
enough to form a canopy over the road and is referred to as a green tunnel. Green
tunnels occur along Corridor 17. The corridor has long uninterrupted stretches of
green tunnels, almost 20 km in total, and are marked by signboards saying "save the
trees, hence the environment" or "enjoy our green tunnel" that have been posted by
the Social Forestry Department.
GIANT TREES. Some trees are substantially older and larger than most others. These
are referred to as giant trees and can often be found close to villages and towns or in
more rural areas. The species involved are usually Banyan, Neem, Pipal, Mango,
Gulmohar or Tamarind. Giant trees are found within village limits often are focal
points for social interaction or for communal use as they provide a large shaded area
near the road which can be used for bus stops, business or visiting. Corridors 01 and
03 have relatively few giant trees (five each) while Corridors 06 and 17 as well as 28
have many more giant trees (46,30 and 23 respectively). Corridor 28 stands out in that
it has giant trees but very little other tree plantation along the roadside.
THREATENED/ENDANGERED SPECIES. Neither threatened nor endangered species
are known to occur along any of the Phase I corridors. More specifically, there are no
recognised habitats of endangered species which occur along these corridors.
A.3.2 Social and Cultural Environment
POPULATION DENSITY. Talukas containing Corridor 01 are relatively more densely
populated, having an average of 1,330 persons/kmn. This is attributed to the presence
of Ahmedabad along this corridor. Corridor 17 ranks next, followed by Godhra to
Halol (388 persons/km,) and Mehsana to Palanpur (379 persons/kmn).
SCHEDULED CASTES. Among the 18 talukas affected, Ahmedabad has the highest SC
population in number (395,000) whereas Valod (in the tribal dominated district of
Surat) has negligible SC population. Ahmedabad has the highest SC population
density with 1,351 persons/kn, whereas Valod has only 5 persons/kin,. The
remaining talukas do not register more than 50 persons per kmi. Link 172 passes
through the taluka that has the lowest SC population density.
SCHEDULED TRIBES. ST population is concentrated in a few talukas like Palsana,
Bardoli, Valod, Godhra, Ahmedabad and Halol. In Godhra, Ahmedabad and Halol,
the ST population was moderate (Dhrol and Paddhari have negligible of ST
population). Valod has the highest ST population density (282 persons/km2). Links
171 and 172 passes through the high ST population density whereas links 281, 282
and 283 pass through the lowest ST population density talukas. Links 063. 064, 011
and 933 pass through the talukas of moderate density.
LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT. The heavy emphasis on agricultural cultivation and
housing within the 18 talukas has highlighted a number of noticeable and important
issues that needed to be addressed, the key being the diminishing forest lands. The
(iii)
O>~Cz~ll Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssociates
already sparse forests areas are slowly degrading and diminishing in Gujarat. In the
talukas of Ahmedabad, Sanand, Viramgam, Mahesana, Visnagar, Sidhpur, Bardoli
and Palsana no forest area is found. Dhrol, Valod and Paddhari have negligible forest
cover (less than 4% of the total area). Palanpur taluka of Banaskantha district has the
largest forest cover (20.6%). Godhra taluka in Panchmahal district follow next with
18.7%. Links 031, 032, 033, 171 and 172 pass through talukas that have no designated
forest cover. Links 281,282,283 pass through the talukas that have comparatively low
forest cover.
A.4 Assessment of Impacts
A.4.1 Natural Environment
AIR QUALITY. Comparative analysis has been done link-wise for two scenarios ie
with and without diverted traffic2. The impacts due to operation were considered link-
wise for all the pollutant parameters for each of the target years ie 1997, 2002, 2007,
2012 and 2017.
Construction period impacts were predicted to be sirnilar in intensity, duration and
reversibility for all corridors. An exception of these impacts is dust generation which
would be higher in drier, windier areas such as Corridor 28.
Operating period impacts were predicted to be quite severe, particularly for the
farthest projection years. Scenario one (without diversion) projections indicated that
link 031 will be the most polluted stretch, followed by Link 033. Lead, HC and NOx
emissions are estimated to exceed the standard from 2002 onwards ie 5 years from the
base year. SO, emissions would not exceed the standard for any of the years except
2017, and even then the increase over the limits would not be significant.
Scenario two (with diversion) indicated that Link 031 and Link 033 are the most
problematic links followed by Link 064 (Kalol to Halol). CO emissions are high,
compared to other pollutants. Generally, measures have to be taken to abate Lead, HC,
NOx and CO emissions.
NOISE. Existing noise levels on the roads all seem to exceed or be very close to
70dBA, which is 5 dBA above India's standard for urban residential areas. Projections
to 2002 for both with and without diversion scenarios, suggest a noise level reduction,
except along links 031 and 284
MINOR WATER BODIES, CROSS-DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND GROUNDWATER
RESOURCES. The listing of structures (major bridges, minor bridges and culverts)
along with their condition ie replacement/construction, gives an idea of the amount of
drainage alteration and downstream erosion/siltation to be anticipated. Since no new
bridges or culverts were planned there should be negligible alteration of present
drainages. No bridges will be replaced and only one to two metres of widening will
2 Traffic in the project corridors will grow irrespective of whether the roads are
strengthened/widened or not, subject to the traffic volume exceeding traffic capacity of the
roads in a manner that traffic flow is extremely difficult. If the roads are
strengthened/widened, the traffic volume to capacity ratio would come down and traffic
flow will be better. In addition, being better compared to the adjacent ones, some traffic will
be diverted from parallel roads on to these roads. If the level of service is ignored, these
scenarios may be compared to the "with project" and "without project" scenarios.
(iv)
Executive Summary
Le Assocrat
occur in most cases. One major bridge is to be reconstructed on the Rupan river (non-
perennial) on Link 031 at km 81.9. In the case of culverts, some minor reconstruction
may occur. Those links with the high impact, according to this indicator, are 013, 033,
064 and 281-283.
While Corridor 03 is the only corridor which passes close (10 to 20 km) to a
significant ground water recharge area, there are no impacts since the area is on a
small fraction of the recharge zone.
Prrs AND QUARRIES. None are located near towns and villages. Some haul roads are
unpaved and will generate dust locally, which is a temporary, short-term and
reversible impact. Poorly drained sites can become mosquito breeding areas, thus
careful rehabilitation and management of these sites is necessary.
NATURAL VEGETATION. No significant natural vegetation communities will be
affected by construction activities for any of the Phase I corridors.
TREE PLANTATIONS. Road construction activities for this project will have very
substantial impacts on the road side plantations. These direct impacts are of long
duration (trees can be planted but take 20 to 60 years to reach maturity). For the
rehabilitation/reconstruction activities, it is anticipated that trees will have to be
removed from the edge of the carriageway out to between 7 to 10 m. In general, most
of the roadside plantations occur almost entirely within this belt. As a result, high
impacts are expected for those lengths which contain tree plantations in all of the
Phase I corridors. Corridor 17 has impressive stretches of green tunnels that are
recognised locally and are advertised by a number of signboards between km 27 to 31
on Link 171. On Link 172, there are also green tunnels from km 37 to 38 and km 42 to
km 50 where the canopy begins to break open. The green tunnel consists mostly of
large rain trees (Cassia siamea).
Engineering plans called for the removal of all trees within the entire RoW.
Irrespective, the green tunnel is formed by the over-arching branches from the first
RoW of trees. Removal of the first row will obliterate the green tunnel. With
avoidance measures in place, such as reduced embankment height it has been
possible to preserve almost the entire Green Tunnel in corridor 17, and substantial
number of Giant Trees in Corridor 01 and Corridor 03.
Hotspot Identification Matrix The ESR contains 'Hotspot Identification Matrices'
and pinpoint all of the natural and cultural features that would be impacted by the
reconstruction work. For each feature the kilometre location and distance from the
carriageway in metres is recorded.
A.4.2 Social Environment
IMPACTS. The ESR summarises by link the impacts on the social environment, and
shows the total number of settlement units, and potential PAPs for each corridor. In
order to give a detailed and coherent description of the impacts the following
indicators were combined for the discussion. The RAP presents the impacts on
individual people and property in detail. Table A.5 summarises the estimates of
impacts by category of loss in the PAP Entitlement Matrix.
PROPERTY, DWELLING UNITS AND PEOPLE. Road construction can have significant
impacts on human settlements, people and property located in close proximity to road
corridors. The main indicators chosen to measure the impact on human settlements
(v)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LaAssoclates
were the number of properties affected and the number of people living and working
on these properties (see Table A.3).
Table A.3: Summary of Social Impacts by Corridor
Corridor Residential Properties Business Properties Other Total Land to be
.______ _______ _______ Affected Acquired
Plots Units Plots Units Properties Households ha
01 2 2 15 11 4 21 0.1
03 1 2 25 18 4 30 1.89
06 7 l 9 7 8 24 1.84
17 3 1 0 0 1 4 0.82
28 8 5 4 4 8 20 2.94
Total 21 10 53 40 25 99 7.59
LAND AcQuIsmoNs, SEVERANCE AND HuMAN SETTLEMENTS. Table A3 shows
the amount of land to be acquired along each of the five corridors. All the land parcels
to be acquired in narrow strips are irrigated agricultural land, with no built structure on
them. On the whole the impacts are fairly moderate for all project corridors.
CULTURAL HERITAGE. These features were enumerated, and the impacts were
identified, in the ESR In two locations, Sachana (Corridor 01) and Unava (Corridor
03), the road design and alignment were altered in order to conserve a temple and two
mosques, respectively.
VULNERABLE GROUPS. The project impacted 261 vulnerable PAPs out of 506 PAPs
surveyed, that is about half of all households surveyed in the Census. Of the
households surveyed, that had household incomes below the poverty line, 32% fell in
to the Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe category. Table A.4 summarises the
distribution and concentration of project affected vulnerable groups by corridor.
Table A.4: Distribution and Concentration of Project Affected Vulnerable
_Groups
Corridor SC ST Households Below Women Headed Total Total %
Poverty Line Households Vulnerable Households TVGH
______ ____ ___ __ _____Group
Other SC/ST Other SC/ST Households Affected
01 11 3 0 5 0 0 14 21 67%
03 8 0 13 6 0 0 21 30 70%
06 6 0 8 4 0 0 14 24 58%
17 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 4 50%
28 4 0 9 3 0 0 13 20 65%
Totals 29 3 32 18 0 0 64 99 65%
A.5 Mitigation and Monitoring Measures
Mitigation measures were detailed in the Hotspot Mitigation Matrix, the EMAP and
RAP for the Phase I corridors. Details for monitoring plans for both the natural and
social environment components, focusing on compliance and to a lesser extent, effects
monitoring, are provided in the ESR.
(vi)
Executive Summary
I aAssoWites
A.5.1 Air Quality and Noise
Mitigation measures have to be undertaken at various levels, ie, for all the links under
consideration for ESR; for critical links; and, for abatement of pollution due to
particular pollutants.
b4PACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. The following list gives the mitigation
measures that will be carried out in areas where significant air and noise pollution may
arise due to construction activity.
* Dust: Water will be sprayed during construction phase, in the lime and earth
mixing sites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporary roads. In filling sub-grade,
water spraying will be done to solidify the material. After compacting, water will
be sprayed at regular intervals to prevent dust. Coal ash used, will contain 30%
water content or more to prevent the ash from dispersing, especially in
warehouses and piling yards. The coal ashes will be covered, except when they
are to be used immediately. Vehicles delivering materials will be covered to
reduce spills. Asphalt mixing sites will be located more than 500 m down-wind
from any communities/ residences. Mixing equipment will be well sealed, and
vibrating crusher equipment should be equipped with dust-removal devices.
* Air Pollution: Vehicles and machinery will be regularly maintained so that
emissions conform to Gol standards (Central Pollution Control Board, 1988 and
1989). Asphalt mixing sites will be located more than I km from any
communities/ residences.
* Noise: Noise standards of industrial enterprises will be strictly enforced to protect
construction workers from damage. Workers in vicinity of strong noise will wear
earplugs and helmets and their working time will be limited. In construction sites
within 150 m of residential areas, construction will be stopped between 22:00-
6:00 hours. Maintenance of machinery and vehicles will be improved to keep
their noise at a minimum.
IPACTS DUE TO OPERATIONS. The following list gives the mitigation measures that
will be carried out in areas where significant air and noise pollution may arise due to
road operations in congested or industrialised areas.
* Dust: Adequate fill height will be provided to avoid accumulation of dust on
roadway. Proper road surface runoff and drainage will be provided to prevent
accumulation of sand/ dust from storm water. Roadside tree plantations lost due to
construction will be compensated and new afforestation projects will be
encouraged.
* Air pollution: Vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM, Pb will be
checked and PUC Programmes will be reinforced. Air pollution and health of
roadside workers will be monitored. Afforestation programmes for tree
plantations will be taken up.
* Noise: According to monitoring results, at places with noise exceeding Gol A and
B -level noise standards, sound barriers, berms or other measures will be installed.
Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and noise of
vehicles.
(vii)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 28: ESR
Lea Assocites
Table A.5: Entitlement Matrix for Phase I Corridorsl
Types of Project Affected Persons
Outside Public Right of Way Inside Public Right of Way
Title Holders Tenants2 Squatters and Encrachers3 Tenants
Vurnzable Non Vulnentole Non
I_Vulnable I Vuirable
LOSS OF LAND AND OTHER ASSETS Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Household (PAR)
I Cosultrincow cFcising regading ahmvi a assitan ta m ifymig new sm 0 0 0 64 35 2
_andopnmicies.
2 Cnnpsa foriads re nt cos iph alows frfe rd r Tobeveified Tobe vified Tobe 0 0 0
3Adxcinoioitohawsinz nstis aPo rnpandcua rbth ngoqm. 0 0 0 To bedodded 74 To be
cse bycanse vuified
4 Cnpesmarn for paumialoc a(d trees, cailated as a i e ve tMmes Tobevified Tobevenfied Tobe 0 0
=n% g n, g ye I vuified
5 R ea uorctpstion forsucur0sora da 0 0 0 64 35 2
6Rion to soale maenals fieusmsng ngsae To be vibed To be ified To be 64 35 2
vuified
7 hidusinine smngosmennahcou sdig0 0 0 7 0 0
8 | Shifling as bn(N bw gmus51bealebefarecieopleniemladtonove 0 0 0 30 14 2
Ope. of rnooing t rana utesar inacr.oatng needs for dier ad 0 0 0 0 0 0
lio _ _
LOSS OF LIVEIMOOD Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Person (PAP)
10 Redixitahten aid-ms facefcrthsorimmdiedivfrlDawo 0 0 0 To bededded 64 0
_ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~case by cam
I IAddrsiol sqm mncdimns for vurable psup m a shblishing or enhing Tobevuffied 0 0 90 0 0
12 2Etrno,rnerainopp aiaes in ac n vdd uith e Dxenteeepashk h Tobe vified Tobevmified To be 193 114 7
vueifie_d
LOSS OF COMMUNrTY STRUCTUREFACUlTIES Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Group (PAG)
IS Resiuoesn mad enroement of cesnnasprnty resrces, aich as putcwaaruu ipns and fapecilaes.iimes asd tanples. aienwl hait ac.
14 PRomane ferwc n's ns k partculy reaedto bcass ofsemc ofw waterrind o SSoal forey rgmams may becondsL
15 5P wo m for saie space and adcess frbusinessppses, bcel utr.s. aid public usc
16 Safov mrnes tcrped a pailaay children, ani aduwn xs nseritranspat.
17 7 aing of ocunmuily cmama areas in urain myvinam
1 SPovision of roadside ama
I This Tabie will be completed with the nitnbrs of vaified EPs to povidea snmmiy for he R&BD gincers who wii be inptanesling the Rcsedaniser
Acion Plan. Tlis dos not cat the kga owners vwho will lose teh aginulaiu laic
2/ Tainisran incle Vrelamle(V) ad Nn Vu ie (NV) Csuus Whe ireadtcsdieff1rdhefowinggaWpii NON-Non vunable
PAPs arne t Entitled YESy-= VlnahblePAPsam aretiid
31 u whn the legal Ro9s will nat be eigible for any smt of comenpsiom wimdi ey ame iless. in thich case they will faHi tider the
sijinesoble posip caregoty. YESINOS = Sqaners YE9NOE = Encratuehs
41 If PAPs am moved off the RoW wthin the 2 mcnth natifianon penod arid pamnaca housing is not avaiable. taspor,v hoasing vill be pmvioded wiad
Iicir p ienancr stnw we reaed.
(viii)
Executive Summary
Lea Asse.
Pb, HC, NOX and CO emissions are high and measures have to be taken to reduce
their effects. Vegetation will be used to reduce effects of Pb as well as SPM
emissions. Air flowing through vegetation slows down considerably, to allow
particulate matter to settle and deposit on the leaves and other parts which eventually
get washed down during the rains or return to ground when leaves are shed.
Several species of trees, shrubs etc will be used as a natural sink for air pollution.
Betula verrucosa, Fagus sylvestris and Carpinus betida will be planted to absorb
sulphur dioxide from the air. Other species which will be used as pollution resistant
species for S02 are Thua occidentalis, Citrus sinensis, Eucalyptus globulus, Sesbania
aegyptiaca, Prosopisjuliflora, Tilia cordata, Plantanus acerifolia, Azadirachta indica,
Terminalia tomentosa, and Popzdus balsaminfera
However, the use of vegetation will have limited effect. Until state and national
standards for pollution emissions are enforced and other issues such as access to lead
free fuels, decreased congestion and improved roads become the norm, there will
continue to be serious air and noise pollution problems in the state.
Considering the high pollution levels, plantation along the road side will be taken up in
link 031, 033 and 064, especially, to attenuate both air and noise pollution. Heavy
plantations, ie a combination of large trees, medium trees and shrubs, are needed to
- achieve the dense foliage required to abate the pollution in these links. The air quality
monitoring programme is described in the SEA will be taken up for Link 033. Suitable
programmes for other corridors are also included in the ESR.
A.5.2 Water Resources
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCnON. The following discussion addresses minor water
bodies, cross-drainage structures and the ground water recharge areas. The mitigation
of wells is included in the RAP under community facilities.
* Minor water bodies: In Link 01, the pond at km 17.6 a retaining wall will be
constructed. The second pond at km 23.1 will be compensated since the road
alignment will not be changed. In Link 013, the second pond at km 47.5 will be
mitigated. In Link 031, ponds at km 82.5, 88.4, and 96.9 will be mitigated. This
will require 900 m3 of excavation to replace that lost to fill. Ponds at km 92.8 and
km 93.8 will require no mitigation measures as the road alignment has been
changed to avoid them. In Link 064: ponds at km 354.5 and 363.5 require
mitigation. In Link 282 one pond at km 49.4 will be compensated with 100 m3 of
excavation to replace that lost to fill.
* Cross-rainage structures: Most of the cross-drainage structures for the Phase I
corridors will require limited mitigation measures in terns of minimising earth
moving in the vicinity of water courses, avoiding contamination from fuel and
lubricants, as well as proper disposal of cement and steel reinforcements. However,
the Rupan River Bridge on Link 031 km 81.9 will require mitigation in terms of
proper disposal of cement and steel reinforcements that will be removed as part of
the reconstruction process. The contractor will be responsible for implementing
these measures and the Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will monitor the
reconstruction.
* Groundwater Recharge Areas: The negligible impacts on Link 031 as the corridor
is sufficiently away from the recharge area (about 20 to 25 km). Other corridors are
further away.
(ix)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
ea Associates
IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATION. Mitigation measures for impacts on water resources
due to operation on all Phase I corridors are similar in scope and are described in the
SEA.
MONITORING. Water quality will be monitored at the Rupan River Bridge crossing
by the EMU in co-ordination with the GPCB. The Rupan river, as such is a non-
perennial river, water flows only during monsoon, when no construction activity will
take place.
A.5.3 Mineral Resources
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSmTUCTION. The following impacts due to construction will
impact on mineral resources.
Wind Erosion on Soil: Corridor 28 will require dust control and re-vegetation
measures to control wind erosion and dust generation than the other corridors.
Water Erosion on Soil: Due to the high rainfall, revegetation should be more
successful in Corridor 17 than in the drier regions such as Corridor 28. The total area
required for replanting and reseeding is estimated to be 1,722,000 m2. An
approximate cost of reseeding the road corridors at Rs40/m2 is Rs 68,900,000.
Pits and Quarries: Existing borrow pits within the RoW in urban/ industrial areas
which have accumulated contaminated water, waste or refuse should be filled in.
No mitigation measures are required for existing quarries other than to ensure the use
of proper excavation techniques in ongoing operations and to ensure they are licensed
under the GPCB.
The Taranga Hills (Quany), a lone granite out crop protruding approximately 40 m
above the surrounding plains needs conservation. Although the material is marketable
as decorative stone panels or aggregates, this formation should be preserved because
of its unique character and locality.
A.5.4 Flora
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCrION.
Tree Plantations: Trees removed as a result of construction activities will be replaced
through compensatory afforestation through the Social Forestry Department.
Afforestation will be completed using the Integrated Forestry Development Model
(IFDM) which includes a maintenance/ monitoring programme as described in the
SEA. The two models which are appropriate for road side strip plantations referred to
as aesthetic shelter beits are called SI and S2. Model SI which is suitable for drier
regions supported by irrigation, would be applied to Corridors 01, 03, 06 and 28. The
total cost for planting, nursery, and maintenance over four years is Rs 32,500/ha.
Model S2 which is suitable for humid rain fed areas, would be applied to Corridor 17.
The total cost for implementing this model is Rs 28,800/ha.
Trees have been saved in this project as per the Hotspot Mitigation Matrices (attached
at the end of the Executive Summary) which lists locations of large tree plantations.
In Corridor 17, which has important stretches of green tunnels (km 27 to km 31, km
37 to km 38 and km 42 to km 50), that engineering designs preserved the green
tunnels. This was done by reducing embankment height, increasing the road formation
gradient, and restricting the clearance zone. In effect, almost the entire Green Tunnel
(x)
Executive Summary
LnsAssocis
has been preserved in this corridor. Further to ensure complience, a ste of clauses has
been inserted in the contract documents. Giant trees were saved at several locations,
by suitable design of pavements as per the Hotspot Mitigation Matrices.
MoNfToRING. Monitoring of tree plantation will be done by the Forest Department
which is included as part of the IFDM (Government of Gujarat, 1996a) along with a
four year maintenance programme.
Table A.6: Area of Tree Plantations to be Cleared
Corridor Area Required to be Area of Plantation Area to be Cleared
cleared (ha) Saved by Design (ha)
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~~(ha)_ _ _ _ _ _
01. Ahmedabad-Viramgam 50.1 5.6 44.5
03. Mehsana - Palanpur 68.3 9.2 59.1
06. Lunavada - Halol 40.0 4.4 35.6
17. Kadodra-Bajipura 37.2 13.4 23.8
28. Rajkot -Vadinar 62.9 9.6 53.3
Total 258.5 42.2 216.3
A.5.5 Fauna
No mitigation measures will be required for this component as there are no threatened
or endangered species nor protected areas which would be impacted by the Phase I
corridors.
A.5.6 Mitigation of Impacts on Settlements, People, Assets and
Property
Mitigation measures developed to reduce the negative impacts on people and property
are expanded in detail in the RAP in Chapter 10. The RAP addresses all the impacts
the project roads may cause related to individual households, business and residential
structures, agricultural land and other property as well as other assets such as crops,
water sources and income that may be affected by the relocation necessary to
construct the roads.
A.5.7 Sensitive Cultural Heritage Features
All the cultural properties located within the RoW corridors are sensitive and there
will be serious physical implications, especially during the widening of the CW and
construction work in the RoW. More than one third of the total cultural properties fall
within the RoW and are hazards to road safety. Small shrines along the corridors will
be relocated. The relocation process will be done sensitively, with extensive
community consultation and support regarding the selection of relocation sites and the
movement of the shrine.
The Hotspot Mitigation Matrices show the locations of shrines and temples on the
CW along each corridor and link. It identifies all the shrines and temples that will be
potentially impacted.
Most of the cultural properties that fall outside the RoW are in disrepair and lack
proper approach roads and signage. These areas have a great deal of potential with
regards to becoming attractions, where people stop their journey to visit the site and
have a break from travelling. As part of the suggested enhancement opportunities, site
plans have been drawn to show the potential of several sites. Please see the Social
and Physical Environment: A Compendium. (NDLI, 1997c). Some of the mitigation
measures to enhance the cultural properties along the road are relatively low cost;
(xi)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssociates
better access roads and increased signage along State Highways are two such
measures.
A temple at Sachana (Corridor 01) and two mosques at Unava (Corridor 03) have
been preserved by way of design alterations and road re-alignment.
A.6 Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP)
Mitigative measures for each ofthe impacts due to road construction and operation are
listed along with monitoring requirements in the Environmental Management Action
Plan (EMAP). For each of the mitigative measures the implementing organisation and
responsible entity, along with a unit cost where applicable, is listed. The EMAP is as
location and time specific as possible at this planning stage, and lists the contract
references to be used for compliance. In general, R&BD (with assistance from other
agencies in some cases) as the responsible entity for ensuring that the mitigative
measures are carried out In many cases the contractor will be required to implement
the environmental mitigative measures defined in the EMAP. EMAP for Phase I:
Gujarat State Highways Project is appended with this Executive Summary.
A.7 The Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and Its Entitlement
Policy
In this project, engineering and safety concems have dictated that whatever is located
within the Col must be completely removed. All people experiencing losses due to
this clearing are considered entitled PAPs. An Entitlement Policy for the whole project
has been endorsed by the GoG. PAPs will be compensated and assisted within the
fiamework of the said entitlement policy.
The RAP is based on the general plan developed in the SEA for managing all issues
surrounding the PAPs who were identified as being within the project's impact area. It
included clear defnitions of the types of PAPs, their entitlement options in relation to
PAP type and need, grievance procedures as well as an implementation process and
action plan. Implernentation was based on the mechanisms defined the SEA. The RAP
will be updated, as it is considered a "living document," as the implementation of the
resettlement and rehabilitation continues over the coming months. A detailed
resettlement action plan (RAP) has been prepared, and is described in Chapter 10 of
the ESR.
A.8 Implementation Plan and Schedule
Afler discussions with the GoG and the World Bank, an Envirom-nental Management
Unit (EMU) within the R&BD, has been created.
The Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will be responsible for the
implementation of the EMAP and RAP as well as handling all other environmental
matters for the R&BD such as hazardous materials transport, emergency response and
environmental health and safety. EMU will be under the direction of PIU/R&BD and
is staffed with a Co-ordinator, two technical specialists on deputation from other GoG
Departments, and a specialist with NGO background to be recruited. The EMU will
act as an implementing cell, triggering and monitoring activities undertaken to meet
EMAP/RAP commitments made by the R&BD. The EMU would also be charged
with confirming that actions needed to implement the mitigative measures defined in
the EMAP, have been taken at the appropriate level (ie state, district or taluka) in order
(xii)
Executive Summary A E
Le Associates
to physically put measures in place. The short termn target for the EMU would be to
credibly implement the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and the Environmnental
Management Action Plan (EMAP) for the existing project, quickly building technical
competence. The long term target would be to building environmental awareness into
the Department, sensitising the senior officials to the environmental concerns and
values.
R&BD is responsible for timely implementation of the EMAP and the RAP.
Implementation Plans for specific road corridors have been prepared and are appended
with this Executive Summary.
A.9 Development Plan and Training
A skills and needs assessment was completed by the PCC and the EMU now needs to
operationalise it. Mechanisms for a Grievance Procedure and as well as an
institutional framework for a Committee for determining market value of assets was
proposed and endorsed by the R&BD. Training and capacity building programmes
are also suggested with regard to natural and social environmental components.
A.10 Involvement of NGOs
The R&BD does not have requisite resources to carry out the many activities proposed
in the EMAP and RAP. Some NGOs have these skills and will be retained by the
EMU. Initially, NGOs were involved on the Task Force and in the early consultation
programme. They could be involved again. The SEA proposes that a state level NGO
be involved in the implementation of the RAP since it can act as a messenger, passing
PAP grievances to the R&BD and establish linkages with local NGOs. The EMU in
addition, is staffed by an expert with about 10 years' experience of working with the
NCGOs.
Additionally, a different NGO will be retained to evaluate the implementation of the
EMAP/RAP two times during the five years of the project; once midway through and
again at the end.
A.1 1 Costs
The estimated total costs of natural environmental mitigation measures for Phase I
ESR corridors are Rs 16.4 million.
The estimated total cost to the project for the implementation of the Resettlement
Action Plan in Phase I ESR is Rs 11.5 million.
A.12 Regulatory Requirements Met
Under the Indian laws, two clearances were applied for. They were:
the "No Objection Certificate" from the Department of Environrnent and Forests,
GoG, for the Phase I: Gujarat State Highways Project. The application was
submitted on S January 1998. The "No Objection Certificate" was issued by
the Department vide letter no. ENV-1098-241-P, dated 9 February 1998.
However, the department wanted that some concerns to be addressed before
commencing the work. The concerns were,
a) pollution problems caused due to hot-mix plant;
b) natural wetlands affected due to construction and/or storage of
construction materials;
(xiii)
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
c) creation of artificial wetland;
d) degradation of surrounding areas by construction labourers and
temporary dwellings;
e) existing topography;
f) natural drainage pattem due to road widening and/or bypasses
(temporary or permanent);
g) problems due to loading and unloading of construction materials; and
h) wildlife including bird sanctuaries.
The clearance also stipulated that quarries having consent under Air Act, 1981
from Gujarat Pollution Control Board should be preferred for procurement of
materials.
The hot-mix plants will be located at a distance of at least I km from the
communities/residences. No natural water body is being impacted adversely by
the project Standing water bodies which are affected by 2 m or more by the road
widening, will be widened by an equivalent area on the other side of the water
body, adjoining land use/utilisation permitting, otherwise compensatory water
restoration areas will be identified within the vicinity of settlement so as to harvest
the water facility for multipurpose use. As the borrow areas will be rehabilitated
under the provisions of IRC: 10-1961, no artificial water body will be created
(except in the specific cases, where water body will be created as an
environmental enhancement measure). Adequate provisions has been
incorporated in the contract documents to prevent degradation of surrounding
areas by the labourers' camps, which will be monitored for strict sanitary
condition and will be located at least 200 m away from the nearest water body.
The project will neither change the existing topography nor will disrupt the
natural drainage pattern, but will improve the drainage during construction (by
proper disposal of material, temporary channels, reduction of siltation) and
operation period. Strict conditions for loading and unloading of construction
materials have been provided in the contract documents, as per the relevant Indian
laws, especially the '"azardous Wast/Material Management and Handling
Rules, 1989", and the "environmental (Protection) Act, 1986". No wildlife or bird
sanctuary is being impacted by the project, as none of these exist within 10 km of
the project roads in Phase I. Two sanctuaries are located between 5 to 10 km from
the project roads in Phase II-B. For those adequate consideration will be paid in
the design stage. The project will use only those quarries approved by the Gujarat
Pollution Control Board.
* The consent from the Department of Forests, GoG, permitting removal of trees
within the RoW- with a proviso that a specific and approved compensatory
afforestation will be taken up. The application was submitted on 5 January 1998.
A subsequent notification by the Gol, Ministry of Environment and Forests dated
18 February 1998 amended and revised the applicability of Forest (Conservation)
Act, 1980 on linear plantations for widening/modernisation. Consequent to this
notification, clearance procedure permitting removal of roadside plantation
became easier. It is expected that such clearance will be obtained by April 1998.
(xiv)
Executive Summary
Lea Assoclates
Table A.6 Environmental Management Action Plan
Enironmental Impact jtitigadon Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. 13 R.No 24 Ltron mefrme Implementing Capitlcost Operafl
I . . . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~Organisation / Supv. (1Rs)
Org CoststUnit
______________________ _____________ _____________________ ___________________ ___________ Cost (b) R s
DESIGN PIHASE * The alignment is selected sa as to minimise die land occupation to Refer to Hotspat Mitigation Dtingdesign Designing Unit/ R&FD tncUIded in the
avoid archaeological sites and temples and other envirmnoentally Tables (ESR) contract
Alignment sensitive areas, Envinunmental5
Managemnent Cell (EMU) Donument5
* In places wher significant stretches of dmse mature tenes trning
canopies over the road, alignments viDl be considered vhich avoid cr
minimise loss of these gree tunnels.
Landand Prpatyacquired * Infonnationdisnition andconmunityconslation. See Fig 103 Inplnentoticn Duing Design Plase R&BD and NGOs See
Scheduleiin ChapitetnO recomtneded in RAPI Resetdemnent
(Resettlement Action Plan) * Compensation will be given to PAPs based on S ue RAP wfnuch R&IID Action Plan
includes the Entitment Policy.
EMU
* EPs will be moved before cosuction stants
CulturHal atag lal hetitage sites along the aliginent will be identified and Refer to Hotspot Mtigation Dining design Aiological Survey of 450,000 15,000
satveyed up frent. In the case of Aehasological sites and Temples Tables7.16inChapter7 India/R&BD
adjustment of alignment is required. In the case of shines they may
be moved with priorcsrtsultation and approvl of al commuiruty. EMU
Flood * Bridges and cnlverts have been well designed for the puNpose of the Refer to Engineeing Design During design Designing Unit InclKied in
flood diacharge (I 00 year flood frequency for big biidges and 50 year Report bidge
flood flequency for medium size bodges). Fill height has b_ Engineeing Consultantst constniction
designed for 50 year flood avoidance. R&BD ca<J 6
EMU
AirPoilhtion * Velicles and machinety would be regularly maintained so that 19.1(c) 111.13 TrurighoutCtoridor. Beginning with and Contaduor/R&BD lncltded in the
enissions confonn to National and Sltue Standards continuing tiroueghoit ConU act
constriction. EM Doctunent
Noise * Noise st3ndard at processing sites, eg. aggregate crushing plants, 19.1 (c) 111.13 Tlimughtout Conidor, Beginning ajid throughout Contracor/ R&BD Incilided in the
will be s5ictly enfouned to prevent exceedances of GOI noise cotstnmction. Contract
standaids. Workers in vicinity of strong noise will wear earplugs EMU Doctunent
and their working time will be limited.
3 Refer Contract document, Vol. 1, sections 4 & 5.
2 Refer MoST. Specifications for Road and Bridge Works.
3 Refer MoST. Amended Specifications for Road and Bridge Works.
4 Refer Design Report. Vol. 1, section 8.
_ffrf!~ uu i OUd idt 1dhe t1/lwvdys t-luwJ -voi ulilt Zt. ctor.
LeaAssoclates
Environmnenltal Impact Nlitigationi Ieasures taken or to be taken Rcf No. 13 Ref. No. 24 Location Timeframe Implementing Calital Cost Operat'l
Organisation /Supv. (Rsl Costs4lnit
OFg Cost (b) Rs
* In construction sites within 150 in of essestia areas, construction
will be stopped from 22:00 to 06:00.
* Maintenance of mnaclsinety and vedicles will be enhanced to keep
their noise at a minirnisun.
WATER . .
Loss of water bohies and ponds * Alignment sitings and filling will avoid ponds and wells wherever Design Refer to Hotspot Identificattio Wieneva er countetd Design Unit anid 144,000 6,000 for
possile. Requiremnent Matrix (HIM). dtuing constrtctian. excavation for
* Where poiks are affected an equivalent area will be
excavated/eplaced & for wells they vilU be replaced inmnediately. rMU
. . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FoF st Dept.
Alteration ofdrainage * Ir sections along water coses, earth and stone will be pupepay 19.1.(c) 306 Refer to Cuoss Drainage Whieneve encorntex d Contractor/R&BD Incitded in
disposed of so as to not block iveas and streams, resutifng in adverse Stucture Engineering Report during constniton. contract
impaect on wate qrality. (CDSR). EM doctunent
* All necessary measres wil be taken to prevent earthwodrs and stone
works related to the toad fom iunpedig cross drainage at
riveastrsneams and water canals or exisdng inigation'and drainage
systeft.
Siltation * Constuton mateials contaiing fine particles eg in limestone or 19.1.(c) 306 Refer to Constiction site Trnaiglsoot conriction Contractor/R&BD Inclided in
fly ashi will be stored in an enclosure sudl thdat sediment laden water plans and CDSR. pedod. contract
does not drain into nearby water coouses, btt rAeter percolates slowly EM doctnnent
into die soil. Foest Dept.
* Seesmesuneforsoilerosion. . ._.
Cotntamiinstion fis mWastes * All jtistiflable measures will be taken to plevent die waste water 19.1.(c) 111.14 RefertoCDSR. fliivaigbioLit constnuction Contractor/R&BD Total cost Coristisiction
prodiced in construction fiomis enteming directly into tivers aid period. povided by of slt5000
inigation system. A minitmin distance of any sewage souIce ortoile 306 EMU Conactor
facdiity will be 200 rn fom wvater souces. _
Coitamnination foin fiel arid * Vehicle maintenance and refiuelling wvl be confined to areas in 19.1 (c) 111.13 Construcdon cainp lease area. TlirnoLgloit cornstuciott Contractor/R&BD Incelded in
Ilibricaiits construcion carnps designed to contain spifled libiicants and fiiels. period. conuact
Waste petrolem products wil be collected stored and taken to . -GPCB docirneit
apprvoed disposal sites, aoconrdog to Got laws _ _
Sanitation and Waste Disposal * Sufflident measures wD1 be taken in die ornsiuction canps, ie 19.1. (c) 111.14 Constrcion camnp lease area Before and diring budding Contractor/ R&BD Included in
d in Cnstruction Camips prosavion of garbage tanks and sanitation facdlites. Waste in septic of constucdion camps. contract
tanks wiD be ceared periodicaly. EMU - GPB docrifnnt
* Dmfinkng wate will meet Idian Naotina Standards. . .
(xvi) f
Executive Summary
leaAssociates
Eanirmnmental Impact Mitigation Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. 13 Ref. No. 2 4 Location Timeframe Implementing Capital Cost Openrt'l
Organisation / Supv. (Rs) Costs/Unit
Cost (b) Rs
* C,abage will be collected in a tank and disposed of daily.
* Special attention will be paid to die sanitary condition of camps.
* Camps wvill be located minimtrn distance of 200 in fom swater
sources.
SOIL
Soil lrosion * In slopes and other stitable places along the roadside, rees anid grass Piinatily at cross-drainage Upon comilpletion of Contractor/ R&BD 44.300 45/rn2 fix
rill be planted. snrctnwres and fill seigilts construction activities at tifiiig ad
Design above 3 m Refer CDSR these sites EmiU gdss
* On sections vith high filling and deep cutting their slopes will be Requiretnents
covered by stone walls and planted vith grass, etc If existing
irigtion and dintinage system ponds ae damaged, they wiD be 492,600
rebuilt or recovered by sitable methods. .500/i2 fa
stone.
lIss of topsoil * Arable lands will not be used as eath bonowing vienever possible. 19.1. (c) 30533 Tbroticgout conidor Droing onstrction Conhtrctor/R&BD lniclided n the
bfneeded,thettopoil (15cm) wiD be kt and efilled afler excavation especally in productive Contract
is over to minimnse the impact on productive lands. amna ._EMU D_L_nent
CompactionofSoil * Constuction veelsces will operate vwithn the Caridor of tmpact ( 19.1. (c) 305.222 Thmuot conidor Duingconstriction Contractor/ R&BD Inclled in the
Col iee apipx.. II m to either side ofthe carniageway centreline) to especiaDy in ptoductive Contract
avoid damaging soil. and vegetation anas EhtU Do_t_eat
FLORA
Lossoftrees * Areas of mee plantation cleared will be replaced according to Design Areas of Ttee Plantations After completion of ForestDeptIR&BD 11,734,000 32,500 (for
Conpeisatory Afforestalon Policy under the Forest Conscvalion Referto HIM. constriution activities. model I)
Act- 1980. EMU
* Tree clearing within RoW will be avoided beyond vvhat is required Contactor/ R&BD
for constuction activities and or to redsice accidents. Diiig cleaiiing 28,800
1 9 I. (c) 111.15 oper esiring M
Compaction of vegetation * See soil cotpaction. Especially in asable areas During constiuction Cotitactor/ R&BD
EMIJ
FAUNA * Consutction wvodAers wvill be told to protect natral resomrces anid 19.1. (c) Vicinity of conlstuction Duiing constinction Corntractor/ R&BD, lisclrided inthe
wildanimals. luintingis proiibited. EMIL aid Forest Corisact
Department Documiseit
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT _
Loss of Access * Tetnporay access will be built at die interesange of the highway and 29.1 112.7 Al all intersections Duaingconsietion Contacor/ R&BD Inclirded in the
odier roads. Crastac
EMU Document
TrafflciJams and congestion * Iftherearetrafficjamnsdtningconsnrtdon.meares willbetak.sto 19.1 .(c) 112 High mffic adM rban areas Duting constrction Conuacor/ R&BD and Incltided in the
Gujarat State Highways Projeot-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
Environmental limpact Nlitigation Nleasures taken or tobe taken Ref No. 13 Ref. Na. 24 Location Timeframe OImplementing Capiltal Cost Operati
Organisation / Supjv. (Ru)
Om ~~~~~~~~~Cnsts/llmit
relieve [lie congestion witih tie co-ordinationi of transporaton and State Police Conthact
smflic police department. Docuimaent
Road safey * tControl speed of constniction velicles througji auad safety education lintugliout romad cowidos Dluinig Contractor R&BD bicilided in tle
and fines. Constnichoncamps Construction CoLitacit
Collt doris width vehiicles, D)ocunnent
people aid livestock * Allow for adeqtiate tmffic flow amntod consatuction areas.
* Pnovide adequate signage, baniers and flag pemons for taffic control.
* Cotnmunicate to the public through radio / TV/ Newspaper
announcements rngarding the scope and timeframe of projects, as
well as certain constucton activities causing dismptions or access 19.1 (c) 112 Monfi pn vious
restictions.
Incilded us the Contract * Make certain that there is good drainage at all constuction areas, to 19.1(c) 111.4 Construction canps During Construcion Contrctor/ R&BD Included in die
Doctment avoid cteation of stagnant water bodies especially rn urbanf/ndustnral Contact
areas, including water in old tuns,. At stan-up liealit Dep., GoG DoCtunent
* Provide adequate sanitation and waste disosal as construction 19.1.(c) 111.14
camps. At start-up
* Provide adeoquate health care for workets and locate camnps 19.1. (c) 111.14
away fintm vulnerable groups. _
Accidental Risks froin blasting * Effective safety and warming measures will be taken to rduce In areas vith rock substrate Dfuingconsructon Conbactor/ R&BD Inclided in tie
accidents. and in quanies Conract
along roadway State Police Doctimeiit
* Blasting will not be caried out duting nlsh hotws so as not to cause
in qLaLises tfficjamsandinjruies. 191(a) 302
* TIhe management and use of blasting materials will be in strict
confonnity with die safety requirements for piblic sectuity.
Csiltal Rermains * If ardiaeological relics or ranains are discovered, the ASI Nvill be Tlhroughout mad conidors -nlroughour construction Conractor wvith Icilla(dd is die
nofied iamrediately. The construction will be stopped until Arclhaeological Swuvey of Contiact
audiSsised department assesses die remnains. India/ R&BD Documieiint
* Aretreologists will strpervise die excavafion to avoid any damage to 27.1
the relics.
OPERATIONAL PHIASE
Nalural Environment _ .
Air 4
Dust * Provide adeqrs fll height to avoid accumulatin ofdust. Urbiarzmcs Design then build duning Conractor/R&BD Covered in
conshuctin construction
(xviii)
CO,
f * } i _ * . *
3 _ B _ 5| 3qa
PI 3a _ _ 66iI
9I
~~ ~~= ~~ ~
~~~~~~~~~~D
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
Pciia1 EiivisimnniLts
Accident ofl hauaillus mtianials * COMI'UANCE with "Rtiles' as defie il Enviromunctr(al N/A Nparoe lan withian 6 R&BD/Saie Includd il thie
(Potection) Act, 1986, incltding: mondtis of commniencnent Contract
of consutnction and Flying SqLuad of Motor DoctiniLirt
* For delivery of hazardnus snbutances, thre cenificates issied by famiiarise contso wid, Velicle Dept/Samne
tarraportafion deparnent are required - pernit license, driving SCP at statt of vod- and
license, arn guatding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous iipternentation mnasirnes
substanmces will be printed with unified signs. am reqtiicd.
* PUtJSic security, tm aticon and fire fighting deparments will
designate a special rotite for these vehicles. These vedicles can only
be hatboured at designased parkig lots.
* This praject's hazauom subutances wihl be admsirstered by highway
management department egistratios n system, as specified in EPA,
1986
* in case of spill of hazardous matanial, report to the relevant
depawtments at once and deal with it in accordance with the spiLl
contigengcy plan.
Safety and noise disurbe * Buidings are pinibited within 50 m of te edge of CW. No schools In urban ateas or near all Toughorut and after Env. Eng. Of each
and hospitas ate allowed within 200 m of the t100 m from the edge sensifvencommunity facilieies project development period Division of R&BD and
ofCW. Planning Department.
(xx)
Executive Summary
Table A.7: Environmental Management Action Plan
Environmental Mlitigation Nleasures taken or to be taken Location Timeframe Implementing Responsible Organisation
Impact I_I Organisation M
Atmospihere Operation Phase Location at points where Refer to the mitigation GPCB prescribe R&BD
I. Monitoring Item: SPM, RPM. NOX. CO. Pb threshold was exceeded nowv measures to be taken stanidards. Motor EMt J-GPC 3
It. Monitoring Frequency 4 times/year for one day or in the future. during operation phase Vchicle Dept.
111. Length oftime: 5 years If and IH enforces
IV. Monitoring Points: I location on Link 033
Monitoring Standard
Atmospheric Monitoring Standard Issued by the CPCB.
Noise A. hlonitoring Frequency Location at points where Refer to the mitigation R&BD R&B3D
(i) Operation Phase: 4 times/year in collaboration with GPCB threshold was exceeded now measures to be taken EMU - GPCB
B. Monitoring Points or in the future. during operation phase
(i) Construction Phase: Ad hoc only if complained is lodged A(i)
(ii) Operation Phase: I location on Link 033
Monitoring Standard GPCB - Motor
Existing noise standard issued by the CPCB Vehicle Dept. _
Table A.8: Environmental Management Action Plan: Operational Schedule
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
ITEM Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4
Phase I
Identification of Hotspots
Mitigation Measures _ - _ -
Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors
Design for Phase I Corridors *
Construction Period for Phase I
Mitigation Measures Taken During Construction = = =
Tun-fing and Revegetation - - - _ _ _ -
Tree Plantation _ _ - = - - -
Operation Period fo-r Phase I
Air Pollution and Water Monitoring Programme - = - ������-
Mitigation Measures for Operation Period -
Progress
A Milestone
Le, Ass.ac'des
Table A.8: Avoidance And Minimisation Of Adverse Social And Environmental Impacts
HIGHWAY- 17: SARKHEJ- VIRAMGAM
11+400 12+400 . Speed limit 50 km/h * For safety and to avoid acquisition of properly.
. 1.5m sidewalk . Provision for local traffic.
* At Sarkhej 2-3.5m lanes in each direction. * For pedestrian use.
* Drainage channels in road. * Improving local environment
. 1.2m median; Light in median . For safety.
12+400 14+380 . 2-3.5m lanes and 23.5m paved shoulder/direction. . For separation of heavy and light / slow & fast vehicular
traffic & safety.
a 1.2m median; Lighting in median * For safety.
. Speed limit to 60 km/h . For safety & avoid land acquisition.
14+380 21+200 . Standard cross-section is offset 2m to north. . Trees on south to be retained - no clear zone provision is
required.
17+300 17+700 . In village standard cross-section is offset 2m to north; Paved shoulders . For avoiding land acquisition; separation of slow and
widened to 2.5m. fast/heavy and light traffic; and for safety.
. Speed limit 60 km/h; Speed bumps on approach. * For safety & to avoid land acquisition.
* 'Partial' in filling of pond. * Avoid damage to the water body.
21+200 24+200 . In Sanand 2/3.5m lanes and 3.5m paved shoulder per direction. * Separation of fast & slow/heavy & light traffic & safety
21+200 22+600 * 1.2m median; Lighting in median; Speed limit 60 kmh * For safety and avoid acquisition of property.
22 +600 23+120 * 2-3.5 lanes/direction with 1.5m sidewalk. . For pedestrian use.
(xxii)
Executive Summary Le.Associafes
N:4 4L'
Ch. From CH. To Treatment Reason
* Drainage channel under sidewalk; 1.2m median; Lighting in median * Improving local environments;
* Speed limit 50 kmh * For safety & avoid property acquisition; For safety.
Retaining wall removed. * Embankment goes into pond.
23+120 24+000 . 2-3.5m lanes and 2.5m parking lane/direction with offset 1 .5m sidewalk . For local traffic; For pedestrians
. Drainage channel in road; 1 .2m median; Lighting in mnedian.
. To improve local environment; For safety.
. Speed limit 50 kmh . For safety & avoid property acquisition.
24+000 24+300 . 2-3.5 lanes and 2.5m paved shoulders/direction; a 1.2m median. * For separation of heavy and light traffic and slow and fast
. Speed limit 60 kmh moving traffic & safety.
* For safety and avoid land acquisition.
46+800 47+300 * In Sachana shoulders widened to 2.5m paved. . For separation of heavy & light traffic and slow & fast
* Speed limit 50 kmh; Speed bumps on approach. moving traffic.
* For safety & avoid acquisition of land.
47+300 59+200 . Standard cross section
Critical trees to be identified on site and treatment determined by Engineer. This may include removal. Do not cut trees until construction
takes place. Side slopes to be protected in areas of high fill with guide rails 9km total drain chutes and stilling basins to minimize erosion.
(xxiii)
Lea Associates
C=7
HIGHWAY -41 MAHESANA -PALANPUR
112+250 113+500 * Sidhpur town at green tunnel section the profile has been lowered to . To minimize the extent of new embankment width, and
exisfing or below that (up to 0.5 m) thereby to minimize the impact on trees.
335+170 348+400 * Standard cross secfion
348+400 348+900 * 1.2m median; Speed limit 60 kmh . For safety & avoid land acquisition.
* In Halol 2-3.5m lanes and 2.5 paved shoulder/direction. . For separation of heavy & light traffic and slow & fast
moving traffic and fbr safety.
348+900 350+160 . 2/3.5 lanes/direction with 1.5m sidewalk. . For pedestrians.
. Drainage channel under sidewalk. . For improving local environment.
. 1.2m median; Lighting in median; Speed limit 50 kmh . For safety & avoid property acquisition.
350+160 350+680 . 1.2m median; Speed limit 60 kmh. . For safety and avoid land acquisition.
* 2/3.5m lanes & 2.5m paved shoulders/direction. . For separation of heavy & light traffic and slow & fast traffic
and for safety.
350+680 362+400 . Standard cross section
362+400 364+200 a Speed limit 60 kmh . For safety and avoid land acquisition.
. In Veljipura shoulders widened to 2.5m paved shoulder/ direction. * For separafing light & heavy traffic and slow & fast moving
traffic.
(xxiv) #
Executive Summary 7
LeaAssociates
CH. From CH. To Treatment Reason
364+200 373+200 * Standard cross-section
345+960 345+980 * Retaining wall on both sides. * To avoid land acquisition.
347+280 347+300 * Retaining wall on Right hand side. . To avoid land acquisition.
347+420 374+480 * Retaining wall on both sides. . To avoid land acquisiton.
363+556 363+586 a Retaining wall on Left hand side. . To avoid land acquisition.
360+540 360+560 . Retaining wall on Right hand side. a To avoid land acquisition.
343+800 343+840 * Retaining wall on Left hand side. * To avoid land acquisition.
336+440 336+460 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
336+720 336+760 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+818 343+840 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+840 343+860 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+860 343+880 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Both sides. * To avoid land acquisition.
343+880 343+920 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+920 343+928 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Both sides. . To avoid land acquisition.
343+928 343+940 a Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+580 343+640 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
343+640 343+706 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
le. Assocclares
side.
343+220 343+240 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
342+880 342+900 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
350+440 350+560 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Both sides. . To avoid land acquisition.
350+420 350+440 * Slope from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand side. . To avoid land acquisition.
350+580 350+640 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Both sides. * To avoid land acquisition.
350+640 350+680 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand a To avoid land acquisition.
side.
353+960 353+980 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on both sides. . To avoid land acquisition.
354+080 354+ 100 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1: 1.5 (max.) on Right hand * To avoid land acquisition.
side.
354+500 354+540 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand * To avoid land acquisition.
side.
357+700 375+720 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
357+720 357+760 _ Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Both sides. _ To avoid land acquisition.
357+780 357+800 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
357+800 357+820 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1: 1.5 (max.) on Both sides. *To avoid land acquisition.
357+840 357+960 . Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Right hand . To avoid land acquisition.
side.
(xxvi)
Executive Summary LeaAssociats
esD
CH. From CH. To Treatment Reason
357+780 358+060 | Slopeofembankmentchangedfrom1:2to1:1.5(max.)onBothsides. . Toavoidlandacquisition.
358+060 358+080 * Slope of embankment changed from 1:2 to 1:1.5 (max.) on Left hand . To avoid land acquisition.
_side.
Critical trees to be identified on site and treatment determined by Engineer. This may include removal. Do not cut trees until construction
takes place. Side slopes to be protected in areas of high fill with guide rails 7.4 km total drain chutes and stilling basins to minimize erosion.
CH. From CH. To Treatment Reason
HIGHWAY -66 KADODARA - BAJIPURA .
33+655 34+200 * Parking lane only on right (separated by a boulevard of I.Om width) at * Market complexes are on the right side. To also serve the
Bardoli town. No side walk has been provided purpose of uservice lane". Moreover, there is no land
available on left side.
52+820 53+355 . Median width of 1.5m. Sidewalk width of 1.5m. Right side walk ends . Land constraint
before the left sidewalk. Left side walk = 52+980 to 53+354 and Right side
walk = 52+980 to 53+155
33+610 33+640 . Narrow section of culvert. . Section here is standard 2-lane with 2.5m wide paved
shoulder.
27+000 31+700 . At green tunnel sections the profile has been lowered to existing or below . To minimize the extent of new embankment width and
that (up to 0.5 m). thereby to minimize the impact on trees.
27+000 31+700 . Shoulder widths to be adjusted on site (as directed by Engineer) clear * To minimize impact on trees.
37+000 38+000 zone to be reduced to minimize tree removals.
42+000 50+000
(x\R,tii~
HIGHWAY- 17: SARKHEJ- VIRAMGAM
58+700 * Land acquisition for realignment of intersection. * New land owned by R&B already.
HIGHWAY -41 MAHESANAN- PALANPURe
81+590 82+298 r Realignment of brdge & land acquisition. . For improvement of geometric design.
89+516 89+677 a Land acquisiton. . For improvement of geometric design.
92+317 94+956 . Land acquisition for the bypass Unava town. . To reduce the traffic volume on existing road.
121+272 121+389 . Land acquisition. * For improvement of geometric design.
; *:R ':'' SW '.. ':'
HIGHWA-05GODHRA -HALOL
336+350 336+940 * Existing curve approx. 60m kmh design. Options limited by culvert * Improvement of geometric deficiencies.
337/1.
342+800 343+950 * Realignment to give bypass priority widening for proper intersection * Improvement of geometric design.
design constructioni of T to Halol. limprove approach curve from 50 to
100 kmh.
346+100 346+350 * Existing curve approx. 60 kmh design upgraded to 100 kmh. * Improvement of geometric design.
348+350 348+720 * Existing curve approx. 60 kmh design upgraded to 100 kmh. . Improvement of geometric design.
353+900 3548+200 * Existing curve approx. 60 kmh design upgraded to 100 kmh. * Improvement of geometric design.
366+000 367+100 * Existing curve approx. 50 kmh design upgraded to 100 kmh. * New bridge requires new alignment.
(xxviii)
Executive Summary
Lea Assoc/afes
CH. From CH. To Treatment Reason
* Stopping sight distance <50 km deisgn. * Hidden intersections on S curve.
371+550 372+150 * Widening * For proper intersection design.
343+000 373+200 * 24m RoW limits options for construction. Hence land acquisition. * Trees carn not be salvaged without RoW purchase.
336+480 336+494 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the right hand * Geometric improvement.
side.
336+500 336+700 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the right hand * Geometric improvement.
side.
343+720 343+800 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the right hand * Geometric improvement.
side.
342+900 343+120 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the right hand * Geometric improvement.
side.
353+986 354+000 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the both sides. * Geometric improvement
354+020 354+080 * Even retaining wall can not avoid land acquisition on the right hand * Geometric improvement
side.
CH. From CH. To Treatment Reason
HIGHWAY - 66 KADODARA - BAJIPURA
31+563. * At intersection: Standard median on the side road has to be provided * To avoid property interference.
337
33+655 34+200 * All along the parking zone land acquisition. * Geometric improvement.
41+060 41+220 * Land acquisition * Geometric improvement.
42+075 42+375 * Deviations from the existing centre-line along green tunnel. However, in * Geometric improvement and at the same time avoiding
42+760 42+900 the green tunnei zones the construction should consider protective damage to trees.
43+860 44+ 160 measures to salvage trees.
45+570 45+820
46+270
46+100
27+900
47+700
(xxx)
Chapter 1--introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
This is Volume 2 of the final report for the Gujarat State Highways Project
(GSHP). It is divided into two parts:
* Volume 2A-the Sectoral Environmental Assessment (SEA)
* Volume 2B (this volume}-the Environmental Study Report (ESR)
The SEA provided the background, guidelines and general environmental
assessment (EA) findings at a state level. It includes an Environment
Management Action Plan (EMAP) and the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) for
all the project corridors. This volume, the ESR, is the detailed EA, EMAP and
RAP for the corridors to be improved in Phase I of the GSHP.
The SEA was gives an overview of the project, deals with issues to be
addressed at a macro or project level, highlights issues which are common to
all phases and components of the project, and is required for the World Bank
clearance of the project. The ESR, on the other hand, deals with issues specific
and at micro level. An environmental assessment looking at specific and micro
level issues is required for Gol clearance of the project.
The project network was divided into links and corridors. A corridor was
comprised of two or more links. Some links on a corridor entered into the
Phase 1! works programme while others were reserved for Phase 11, so not all
links in a corridor may be considered in the ESR. Throughout in this Report
corridors are referred by two digit numbers (e.g., corridor 01, corridor 02,
corridor 13 or corridor 28, etc), and the links by three digit numbers (corridor
01 consists of links 011, 012, 013, etc).
The Roads and Buildings Department (R&BD) of the state of Gujarat
contracted the Project Co-ordinating Consultants (PCC) services through
World Bank funding to select a number of roads to be rehabilitated over two
phases. This project follows the Strategic Options Study1 which identified
1,500 km roads for analysis.
The engineering team, using the economic evaluation model 'Deighton Total
Infrastructure Management Software' (dTIMS) selected 246.3 km, from the
pool of 1,500 km to be fast tracked through to completion of detailed designs in
Phase I. Another 571.7 km were chosen to be included in Phase IIA and 1I of
the project. The environmental teamn undertook the Sectoral Environmental
Assessment (SEA) for the total 818 km of road corridors chosen to be
completed with the US$410 M of budget.
This document forms the Environmental Study Report (ESR) which consists of
an environmental analysis of the corridors for Phase I. The ESR is supported
by the SEA in Volume 2A. Similar information, methodology and procedures
were often used for both reports. Therefore, to keep this report concise and to
avoid repetition, there will be frequent references to the SEA.
1 Lea Associates South Asia, 1995.
l ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
Chapter 2-Environmental Analysis of Road Corridors z�c
LejAssodate
2. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS OF
ROAD CORRIDORS
2.1 Introduction
The first objective of the ESR was to undertake an environmental analysis of
the road corridors for Phase I based on data collected on environmental features
along these corridors. The ESR focused on areas of critical environmental
sensitivity within these corridors.
The second objective of the ESR was to provide a practical plan for mitigating
and monitoring the impacts which would occur as a result of the road
rehabilitation and construction activities as well as those due to the future
operation of the road corridors.
2.2 Phase I Project Roads
The economic evaluation model selected 5 road corridors to be designed for
]Phase I. The selected roads are listed in Table 2.1 and shown in Figure 2.1.
Table 2.1: Phase I Corridors and Links
Corridor Length Link Length RoW Width
(km) (km) (m)
01. Ahmedabad - 47.7 011 Sarkhej - Sanand 13.2 30
Viramgam 012 Sanand - Sachana 23.0 30
013 Sachana-Virarngan 11.5 30
03. Mehsana - Palanpur 65.0 031 Mehsana - Link to 22.0 60
Visnagar 14.0 60
032 Link to Visnagar - Sidhpur 29.0 60
033 Sidhpur - Palanpur
06. Lunavada - Halol 38.0 063 Godhra - Kalol 23.0 24
064 Kalol-Halol 15.0 24
17.- Kadodra - Bajipura 35.6 171 Kadodra - Bardoli 16.6 30
172 Bardoli -Bajipura 19.0 30
28. Rajkot - Vadinar 60.0 281 Rajkot - Paddhari 24.0 30
282 Paddhari - Dhrol 23.0 30
. ______________________ 283 Dhrol - Falla 13.0 30
Total 246.3 246.3
2.3 Geographic Boundary
The project primarily consists of road rehabilitation along existing alignments.
The treatment for all but one of the Phase I corridors will be two-lane
improvements with parking or service lanes in urban areas only. The area of
direct (corridor of impact) and indirect influence is described in Volume 2A,
3
.:5 ,2,11Z' Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LBAssociates
the SEA. The width of the right-of-way (RoW), or the corridor of impact (Col)
is not standard throughout the Phase I corridors.
The spatial and temporal boundaries for the area of influence of the study are
identical to that of the SEA, and are described in Section 2.4 of Volume 2A.
2.4 Time Periods
2.4.1 Construction Period
Road construction activities are generally confined to the months outside of the
monsoon season. Construction activities for Phase I will begin in October 1998
and continue until March 2001. In the discussion of the assessment of
environmental impacts this will be referred to as the construction phase. In the
Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP), in Chapter 9, there are
references to more specific timing.
2.4.2 Operational Period
Except in cases where the analysis reflects different traffic scenarios for year 5,
10, 15, 20 (such as for air quality and noise) the discussion of environmental
impacts refers to the general time periods when the road will be operational in
the future.
..4.3 Environmental Clearance
Under Indian law, two clearances were applied for. They were:
the "No Objection Certificate" from the Department of Environment and
Forests, GoG, for the Phase I: Gujarat State Highways Project. The project
(road widening and strengthening along existing alignment, with marginal
land acquisition and not passing through any national park or protected or
sensitive area) falls under the Gol Gazette Notification dated April 10,
1997. Also completed as required were the Schedule II, Sub-Paragraph l(a)
Paragraph 2 of the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 1994
(revised as per Gazette Notification dated 10 April, 1997) and the
Questionnaire under the Environmental Guidelines for Rail/Road/Highway
Projects, 1989. The application was submitted on 5 January 1998. The "No
Objection Certificate" was issued by the Department vide letter no.
ENV-1098-241-P, dated 9 February 1998. However, the Department
wanted that some concerns to be addressed before commencing the work.
The concerns were,
a) pollution prbblems caused due to hot-mix plant;
b) natural Minor Water Bodies affected due to construction and/or
storage of construction materials;
c) creation of artificial Minor Water Body;
d) degradation of surrounding areas by construction labourers and
temporary dwellings;
e) existing topography;
f) natural drainage pattern due to road widening and/or bypasses
(temporary or permanent);
g) problems due to loading and unloading of construction materials;
and
hi) wildlife including bird sanctuaries.
4
Chapter 2-Environmental Analysis of Road Corridors
LeaAssocdat
The clearance also stipulated that quarries having consent under Air Act,
1981 from Gujarat Pollution Control Board should be preferred for
procurement of materials.
The hot-mix plants will be located at a distance of at least I km from the
communities/residences. No natural Minor Water Body is being impacted
adversely by the project. Standing water bodies which are affected by 2 m
or more by the road widening, will be widened by an equivalent area on the
other side of the water body, adjoining land use/utilisation permitting,
otherwise compensatory water restoration areas will be identified within
the vicinity of settlement so as to harvest the water facility for
multipurpose use. As the borrow areas will be rehabilitated under the
provisions of IRC: 10-1961, no artificial water body will be created
(except in the specific cases, where water body will be created as an
environmental enhancement measure). Adequate provisions has been
incorporated in the contract documents to prevent degradation of
surrounding areas by the labourers' camps, which will be monitored for
strict sanitary condition and will be located at least 200 m away from the
nearest water body. The project will neither change the existing topography
nor will disrupt the natural drainage pattern, but will improve the drainage
during construction (by proper disposal of-material, temporary channels,
reduction of siltation) and operation period. Strict conditions for loading
and unloading of construction materials have been provided in the contract
documents, as per the relevant Indian laws, especially the "Hazardous
Waste/Material Management and Handling Rules, 1989", and the
"environmental (Protection) Act, 1986". No wildlife or bird sanctuary is
being impacted by the project, as none of these exist within 10 km of the
project roads in Phase I. Two sanctuaries are located between 5 to 10 km
from the project roads in Phase 11-B. For those adequate consideration will
be paid in the design stage. The project will use only those quarries
approved by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
l The consent from the Department of Forests, GoG, permitting removal of
trees within the RoW with a proviso that a specific and approved
compensatory afforestation will be taken up. The application was submitted
on 5 January 1998. A subsequent notification by the Gol, Ministry of
Environment and Forests dated 18 February 1998 amended and revised the
applicability of Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 on linear plantations for
widening/modemisation. The new notification recognises that the spirit
behind the Forest (Conservation) Act was conservation of natural forests,
and not strip plantations. In case of the "notified to be protected" roadside
plantations, the clearance now may be given by the concerned Regional
Offices of the MoEF, irrespective of the area of plantation lost. While
issuing the approval, in place of normal provision for compensatory
afforestation, the Regional Offices will stipulate a condition that for every
tree cut at least two trees should be planted. If the decision is not accorded
by the concerned Regional Office within 30 days of the receipt of fully
completed application, the proponent agency may proceed with the
widening/expansion under intimation to the State Forest Department, and
MoEF. Consequent to this notification, clearance procedure pernitting
5
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Asscciates
removal of roadside plantation became easier. It is expected that forestry
clearance will be obtained by April 1998.
6
",,RAJASTHAN ,
PAKISTAN 1D-
I I I' / (\ ~~~~~~~~~~) ~LEGEND
I I ,0IIUflSRR / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~IIAlALJIU
~~, ~ RIBR~NAWR SD ~ INTERNATIONAL. BOUNDARY
BRRDAA/\/ I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~STATE BOUNDARY
I 'p SoS 0,53~~~~~5 TRAFFIC ZONIE
523 WAPB)R~~~~~~NUAA - -*STATE HIGHW,rAY
POSPLI RRUJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~LIA 024 023 ,-A-.A IRA - ATOALHGIA
- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I~~~~~Ill RRRE~~~~~~~~~MDABA_- LAA DISTRICTHEABADUARTERS
JD~~~~LARR~~~~~~A'BR.I0AR~~~~~~~~~~~,~~~ MAJOR TOWNS
-~~~ SARROPJN nOVE~~~~~~~~L 00,P1 ER
F AA 062- DEA- PHASEI&PRANAI1 (RIB knR
GULF OF KACHCHH 2 2B2 0~~~~272 211 KH9BE A 5RB 50RPMPHASE I CORRIDORS -BOB
BOOL - ; C ),)PHASEII1CORRIDORS
203A 6105 ~I . 4 PALOL
HOAR /1 / 222 221 -' / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BALD. CORRIDORS ROT SELOCIDO~C= CRRDOR NT SLETE
/ I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CP.
ORAAN ~ I ~)-ORoC
SWP !1 RAOAI '- 10 VPOOP
PABBBAALIIA DII LEnA IBB~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IA ( MADHYA
OAR ~~~~~~~~~~ K I ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~PRADESH
- -. - - LIFIIIP'd.1 ARA -1W by lAr. PEIl PIt
lOB SIIRDAP~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-h. 01 1,01r2 ARdO 513 RIP,..
EHMBHA` OL Lh,kS O1I, 51 2,013 RID, -R Pt WI
171 0OR l1o1 srI-iRr 01, 02 RID.
ARABIANI SEA LR1B O I JRPISI PN 0 -
IRLIARA ~~~~~~~~~~Figure 2.1:
IPARDIRRIf AW PHASE I ESR
WDLNRO K ~~~~~~PROJECT CORRIDORS
5 50 100 BO 0 BlBD ' MHRAOR OA A T T
Kilometers R
HIGHWAYS PROJ[CT
PROJECT -DORIATAIIRCOOPULRRAT SR=ESDC
MJIAEA
LASA
I
Chapter 3--Methodology
LeaAsociates
3. METHODOLOGY
3.1 Selection of Project Roads for Phase I
The selection of Project roads was done using the dTIMS model which
incorporated engineering as well as environmental costs for each 100 m section
of the project roads. As described in Volume 1 of this final report, the
environmental costs were obtained by various evaluation techniques and
entered along with standard engineering cost data into the model. Phase I roads
were selected from those corridors which scored highest in the model.
The project roads selected through this process were subjected to the full
environmental screening in the SEA.
3.2 Strip Map Data Collection and Updating, Tabulation
and Database Design
This was done as described in detail in Volume 2A, SEA. The information
from strip mapping was obtained for the Phase I ESR by accessing the database
for the five corridors of 13 links. The database is described in detail in the
Environmental Database User's Guide.
3.3 Natural Environment
Information for the natural environment was collected primarily at one level
from the Strip Map database. Precise locations along the corridor (within 5 m)
and distances (m) from the carriageway (CW) were used to pinpoint
environmentally sensitive features for the ESR impact analysis. These data
were tabulated for all five Phase I corridors (13 links) in the Hotspot
Identification Matrices (HIM) (Table 7.3 to Table 7.7). The HIM lists the
natural and cultural features which would be directly impacted by the road
construction.
Only large tree plantations were recorded on the HIM. The area of tree
. plantations in hectares to be removed (including small and medium trees) were
calculated from the Strip Map data as follows. It was ascertained from
discussions with the engineering team that in general a 5 m swath on both sides
of the road would be cut during the construction. This was multiplied by the
number of kilometres of tree plantations beyond the shoulder occurring on both
sides of the road and divided by 10 to obtain the number of hectares (5 m x no.
km/10 = no. of ha).
All parameters selected and data collected for all components of the natural
environment used in the ESR are identical to those in Volume 2A, the SEA.
Air quality and noise data were used from four out of the eight sampling
stations which corresponded to four links within the Phase I corridors (Links
012, 032, 064 and 171).
9
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LezAssociates
3.4 Identification of Hotspots
For each corridor in Phase I, all the environmental features were tabulated
along with their chainage and level of sensitivity. From this exercise areas of
hotspots to which mitigation plans must be directed were identified. This
method will be used for the rest of the corridors that require future
environmental analysis.
3.5 Criteria for Sensitivity Index
The reconstruction of Phase I roads will impact the natural and cultural
elements near or adjacent to the CW. Each of these elements has a tangible as
well as an intangible value. These values coupled with the
replacement/mitigation possibilities give the sensitivity of each of these
elements. To safeguard and to provide mitigation measures, based on the
sensitivity, each of these elements was classified as Critical, Sub-critical,
Standard and Sub-standard. The criteria for the classification are as described
in SEA. The purpose was to prepare a Hotspot Mitigation Matrix which would
identify critical features to be avoided with recommendations for road
realignment or other safeguards1.
3.6 Social Environment
This section discusses the parameters selected, data collection and methods of
analysis used for the social and cultural environment assessment of the Phase I
project corridors. The data are presented at the taluka level for the ESR. The
project corridors, selected for the ESR are spread out in 18 talukas of seven
districts. Out of five corridors selected as part of the Phase I project, only two
(01 and 17) are within a single district whereas the remaining corridors (03, 06
and 28) traverse two districts each.
3.6,1 Demographic Profile
The following parameters were selected for the demographic profile:
- Area and People;
Population Distribution and Density;
Population Growth;
Occupational Structure by Industrial Category;
. Sex-Ratio;
Literacy Rate; and,
* Rural-Urban Population Growth.
All the above assess, directly and indirectly, the social development status of
the areas, as well as the economic potential. The information on the selected
parameters was collected from Census of India, 1991 for Gujarat State and the
Socio-economic Review of Gujarat State, 1997 from the Directorate of
Economics and Statistics.
1 Minimal impacts for road alignment were determined based on intrinsic trade-offs
between sensitive features, land acquisition and engineering costs and the
recommendations were passed on to the engineering design team.
10
Chapter 3--Methodology 0E
LeCAssooite
At the level of the "corridor of impact," micro-level parameters are more
meaningful, the following parameters were therefore chosen to assess the
impacts:
* the total number of units likely to be affected, (number of units/km); and,
* the total number of likely Project Affected Persons (PAPs) (persons/km).
Data for the numbers of units and the total number of PAPs were extrapolated
from the Socio-economic Survey and Census of PAPs carried out for the Phase
I project road corridors in July and August 1997.
3.6.2 Socio-Economic Profile
Parameters were chosen to give insight into the existing conditions in Gujarat
as described in Volume 2A. The parameters included the net value of
production, growth rates and sector descriptions on agriculture, livestock,
fishery, forests, industries and minerals at district level. Information about net
and gross value of production, growth rates and sectoral distribution were not
available at the taluka level. Data on land utilisation and workforce involved in
the various sectors of economy were available and are discussed in the
following section describing land use, development and demography. However,
at a micro-level, useful information was available from the Census of PAPs
completed for the Phase I project corridors. From that survey, the following
parameters were used to assess the impacts on the communities:
* the total number of properties likely to be affected (number of units/km); and,
* the total number of PAPs (persons/kim).
Both of the above parameters were further categorised into the following:
* residential;
* business;
* agricultural; and,
. institutional.
3.6.3 Land Use and Development
The road corridors are the lifeline of the people in these talukas. The
development or growth of any area whether it may be a village, town, taluka or
district is reflected in the land use changes over time. The following key
parameters were selected to characterise the development that has taken place
in the talukas that the roads pass through:
* forest land;
* agricultural land; and,
* urban land.
Taluka level forest area details were obtained from District Census Handbooks
1982-83 and 1989-90, as well as documentation by ORG1. The land utilisation
data were collected and tabulated from the District Census Handbook. 1991.
Operations Research Group, ORG, (1993): Taluka Directory - Preparation of
Taluka Level Ecological Profile, Vadodara, India, Report submitted to the Gujarat
Ecology Commission, Government of Gujarat.
11
Gujarat State Highways Project- Volume 28: ESR
Le.Associa2es
At the corridor of impact level, the parameter selected was the amount of land
likely to be acquired, in m2/km, which was collected from the Census of PAPs,
and further classified as the following:
urban settlement land;
village settlement land;
* irrigated agricultural land;
* non-irrigated agricultural land; and,
* land that supports no crops.
The unit of measurement of all the above was m2/km.
3.6.4 Vulnerable Groups
These groups consist of Scheduled Castes (SC), and Scheduled Tribes (ST) or
Indigenous Populations, Women Headed Households and Landless Agricultural
Workers (including in some cases squatters and encroachers). The term
'Scheduled' refers to the various tribal and non-tribal, economically and-
socially backward communities and ethnic groups that are listed in the Eighth
Schedule of the Indian Constitution. Although women headed households are
also regarded as vulnerable in this project, for the purpose of statistical analysis
the main emphasis was given to the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribal
populations since relevant data for women headed households were not
available. The parameters considered were:
population growth;
i distribution and density;
* literacy rate; and,
* occupational structure.
The data were collected from Socio-economic Review-1997 from the
Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Gandhinagar.
For the purpose of the Resettlement Action Plan, any project affected persons
from a household with an average monthly income less than Rs 2,000 are also
entitled to the special support mechanisms for Vulnerable Groups. The Socio-
economic Survey and Census of the PAPs provide the necessary data to
identify members of vulnerable groups in the project corridors. Children,
elderly and the disabled who could also be considered as members of
vulnerable groups, will be eligible for support under the collective group
category in the Entitlement Framework.
3.7 Community Consultation
3.7.1 Approach and Timetable
For the SEA, the initial Stakeholder consultation and establishment of the Task
Force were carried out at the state level. The ESR focuses on the consultation
programme that was carried out on the communities and people located in the
five project corridors being analysed for their environmental and social impact
Figure 3.1 shows the organisation and make up of a comprehensive community
consultation programme for both the SEA and ESR processes (for the SEA, the
PAPs were not consulted, since it normally is a strategic document).
12
Chapter 3--Methodology
Lea Assocatres
| Govemment of Gujarat o
lRlvlnlelSocial Welfare envroment &
iDepartment | R&B Department Departmeialvirlfaret
Project
NGO's Co-ordinating PAPs Local Experts
Consultants
Figure 3.1: Suggested Organisational Structure for Project Level
Consultation Programmel
The first step in the approach to the community consultation programme was to
select the communities where village meetings or focus groups would be
carried out. This was accomplished by referring to the Socio-economic Survey
and Census of the PAPs and choosing communities that had the maximum
number of potential PAPs. In some cases village meetings were carried out
where PAPs were unlikely to be negatively impacted (for example they would
not lose their residential or business property). However, if the PAPs were to
be negatively impacted and lose their property, a focus group was completed to
enable more feedback and discussion from the PAPs and to ascertain their
feelings on issues specific to the RAP, such as compensation and assistance.
The second step involved visiting these communities and making contact with a
local Non Governmental Organisation (NGO). In most cases the Integrated
Child Development Services located in the village was used to help set a time,
venue and to communicate this information to the local people. The meetings
were held and the information is presented in Chapter 5 on the Community
Consultation Programme.
3.7.2 Information Preparation and Presentation Methods
A Village Meeting Information Disclosure Guide and a Focus Group
Discussion Guide were prepared and their format followed during the meetings
and focus groups. These guides can be found in Appendix 1 and the Social and
Physical Environment: A Compendium (NDLI, 1997). The meetings were
taped and notes taken by a facilitator. Detailed meeting notes were prepared on
issues and concerns raised at the meeting. See Appendix 2 for reports on
Village Meetings and Focus Group Interviews.
1 In the SEA exercise PAPs were not involved in the consultation process.
13
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associaaes
The following list outlines the information gathered during the Community
Consultation Programme and the method of presentation:
State Level Task Force Meetings Minutes of Meetings
Village Meetings Meeting Reports
Focus Group Interviews FGI Session Reports
* NGOs Interviews NGOs Profile Formats
3.7.3 Follow Up
A second stage of consultation is planned for February 1998 with the
communities visited in August and September 1997 on the five corridors of the
Phase I Projects. The design was completed in early 1998 and the exact
location of the road alignment is now known. The actual PAPs have been
identified, verified and detailed consultation with them on the Entitlement
Framework and the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will take place once the
Entitlement Framework is approved by the Govemment of Gujarat.
Based on the numbers of verified PAPs impacted, approximately 11
communities will have detailed community consultation on the Entitlement
Framework and the RAP. Table 3.1 shows the locations of the proposed
community consultation meetings for the second stage of the community
consultation programme.
Table 3.1: Location of Proposed Community Consultation Meetings
Corridor Description Link Town Potential Potential
____I___I__ Properties PAPs
01 Sarkhej to Viramgam Oil Sarkhej 26 82
012 Sanand 39 93
013 Sachana 19 59
03 Mehsana to Palanpur 031 Unawa 62 216
032 Unjha 20 57
032 Sidhpur 26 90
033 Palanpur 21 83
06 Lunawada to Halol 063 Vejalpur 27 135
17 Kadodra to Bajipura 171-2 Bardoli/Bajipura 20 108
28 Rajkot to Falla 281 Mota Rampar 22 128
282-3 Liyara, Dhrol 16 72
3.8 Cultural Environment
Gujarat has a rich cultural heritage, with numerous archaeological and cultural
resources, some of which are of national and intemational importance. Some
of these archaeological and cultural properties are endangered due to the
increased pressure of urban and industrial development. Every effort was made
in this project to protect the state's cultural heritage and archaeological
monuments at the micro level (ie, on a case by case basis), with detailed
surveys of prototypes of cultural property and the recommendations of design
guidelines. This is described in the Social and Physical Environment: A
Compendium (NDLI, 1997).
Detailed surveys were carried out on archaeological and cultural properties
along the Phase I corridors. Secondary sources of information were used to
identify the areas of cultural significance within the context of this project. In
14
Chapter 3--Methodology
Lea A5sc,te
addition to this, strip maps were the primary source of information in the
identification of cultural properties.
The categorisation and identification of the affected cultural property was
based on the use, type of property, and cultural and historic significance.
Location details were also recorded and classified into two categories, within
the RoW and adjacent to or outside RoW.
15
j
Chapter 4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration
LaAssociate
4. INSTITUTIONAL SETTING, LAWS AND
ADMINISTRATION
4.1 Introduction
As explained in Chapter 4 of the SEA, environmental regulations, legislation
and policy guidelines that may impact this project are the responsibilities of a
variety of government agencies. The implementation of mitigation measures
recommended in this document often requires several agencies to work
together co-operatively. Interagency co-ordination is necessary to ensure that
the essential documentation is completed in the required form in order to avoid
unnecessary delays. Chapter 4 in the SEA set the scene at the national and state
level as far as reviewing the legislation and administration affecting this
project. This Chapter examines the institutional and administrative
responsibilities at the district level that concern this project and require another
Ilevel of interagency co-ordination.
This Chapter follows the same format as Chapter 4 in the SEA, and is divided
into institutions and legislation relating to the natural, social and cultural
environments. Regulations concerning procedures and requirements that may
directly concern this project are noted at the district level. Some gaps and
resource deficiencies have been identified within the institutions and agencies
discussed concerning the ability to respond to various policies and resource
constraints. The institutional capacities of these agencies are explained in
Clhapter 10 of the SEA, in relationship to their interaction with the Roads and
B3uildings Department (R&BD). Recommendations for institutional
strengthening and capacity building were discussed there.
4.2 Natural Environment
If a project of the R&BD impacts any forests as a result of the rehabilitation or
maintenance of a road corridor, R&BD must obtain administrative approval
from the Department of Environment and Forest (DoEF). The DoEF functions
under various laws and rules enacted by the Central Government. The
interaction with the DoEF occurs at two levels. Firstly, at the state level, for
project approval. Secondly, at the district level, for an accurate assessment of
the extent and nature of the forest impacted by the project and to complete
compensatory afforestation programmes.
At the district level, the Executive Engineer approaches the District
Conservator of Forest and Wildlife (DCF) for an assessment. Then the
concerned District Collector is contacted by the DCF for an allocation of
government land for the compensatory afforestation. The cost of the proposed
deforestation of the tree mass and the cost of compensatory afforestation is
assessed by the DCF. He notifies the acquiring authority, in this case the
R&BD. Only then does control over the impacted forest area get transferred to
the R&BD legally for the construction of the road project. Refer to the 'Social
17
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assoafates
and Physical Environment: A Compendium (NDLI, 1997)' for more detailed
information.
Once permission is acquired to divert forest land for non-forest uses, then
compensatory afforestation has to be done over an equivalent area in close
proximity to the affected forest, preferably in the same district. If land is not
available in the district it can be found elsewhere in the state. Compensatory
afforestation can also be undertaken on degraded land, however twice the
amount of forest area is required and it can be located elsewhere in the state.
R&BD, the acquiring authority, is dependent on the state Forest Department for
institutional support after submitting the proposal until approval from the DoEF
is obtained (Please refer to Volume 2A, the SEA for a detailed explanation of
the structure of the DoEF).
The procedure at the state level requires from 15 days to two months. The
forest official must go to the site and calculate the cost of compensation, as
well as consider the value of timber at prevailing market prices. Compensatory
afforestation is advisable in the vicinity of impact, however, the Forest
Department has a 'Land Bank' consisting of surplus waste land in various
districts which can be used as the compensatory afforestation site.
4.3 Social Environment
When R&BD needs to acquire land for a road project it co-ordinates with the
Revenue Department. All District Collectors of the Revenue Department are
empowered to carry out the procedures on behalf of the acquiring authority.
The co-ordination between the two departments mainly exists at the district
level. Therefore, the R&BD Executive Engineer of the affected division
interacts with the appropriate District Collectors of the Revenue Department to
complete the necessary land acquisition (see Figure 4.1).
Chief Engineer Registrar Office
for Regulating
Land
SE (Circle) RBDG |
District Land
District Acquisition
EE Division/ Collector Officer
District
PAP
Figure 4.1: Organisational Structure for Land Acquisition
Once the District Collector, receives and assesses the proposal from the R&BD
the following steps are taken to acquire the land and compensate property
owners:
* The Collector publishes a preliminary notification under Section 4 of the LA Act
in the Official Gazette of Government of Gujarat (GoG) and at least two daily
newspapers circulated in the impacted area, one of which is in the local
18
Chapter 4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration
Lea Assoac,rt.
language. The process from proposal to preliminary notification takes from two
to four months.
* The LA Officer receives approval to conduct a preliminary survey to determine
the exact portion of land to be acquired as per the needs of the project, and
ascertains the suitability of the land. He then prepares a Joint Measurement
Sheet.
* Public notices of the acquisition details are displayed at convenient locations
such as schools, Panchayat Ghar, Taluka Offices, and Aganwadi. This provides
on opportunity for those concerned to file objections to the proposed acquisition
from 15 to 30 days, under Section 5A of the LA Act.
* Publication of the precise boundaries of the area and the extent of the land to be
acquired under Section 6 of LA Act in the Official Gazette and two daily
newspapers (one in the local language). The duration between the preliminary
notification under Section 4 and notification under Section 6 is a maximum of
six months. After this, the process is declared null and void.
* Under Section 7 of the Act, the Collector takes the order from the GoG to take
possession of the land.
* The land to be acquired is marked and measured. The road plan at village level is
prepared showing exact details of land structures and other properties. Detailed
Notices are issued to the affected people under Section 8, and this becomes the
date for inquiry of awards.
* At this stage the Revenue Department receives claims for compensation.
Verification of the details of the affected property and owners takes place.
* The Collector pays the awards and compensation under Section I l.
* Payment should occur within a period of two years from the date of notification
under Section 6 or the proceedings become void.
* Once the award or compensation is paid the Collector takes possession of the
property and receives all rights of the land and assets for the acquiring authority.
* Any appeals at this stage of the process are taken care of by the Legal
Department, in court.
These steps are summarised in Table 4.1.
The LA Act also has a provision for land acquisition under a state of
emergency. Normally this is applied during a natural calamity when there is no
time to follow the above steps. However, the Collectors are empowered to
impose the emergency clause depending on the urgency of the project and it
may be applied for this project in order to avoid procedural delays.
If any one of the project affected people are not satisfied with the compensation
aimount awarded to them, they may file an appeal with the court. In such cases
the acquiring authority consults the land related branch of the Legal
Department for further proceedings. Court cases can be drawn out and
continue for years. In order to ensure a smooth and timely implementation of
the recommended RAP a special grievance cell is recommended in R&BD.
19
474=1azD' Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LcBAssociates
Table 4.1: Steps of the Land Acquisition Procedure Under the
Land Acquisition Act
Step Steps of Land Acquisition Process Timing
I Submission of Proposal to 2 to 4 months including Hearing
Preliminary Notification Under of Objections
Section 4
2 Hearing of Objections 15 to 30 days after the
preliminary notification under
Section (4)
3 Duration of time between notification 2 to 6 months, including Hearing
of Section 4 and Section 6 of Objections. beyond which the
procedure lapses
4 Hearing of Objections 15 days after notification
5 Order from State Government to
Possess Land under Section 7
Step I to Step 5 6 to 12 months
6 Individual Notices sent to Affected
People under Section 8
7 Valuation and Compensation set 2 to 4 months
under Section 9 and 10
Payment of Compensation and 2 to 12 months
Possession of Land Under Section 11
Total Time Allowed (Maximum) 2 years
There is no district level policy or guideline for resettlement and rehabilitation.
Whatever policies exist with regards to resettlement, they tend to be project
specific. Refer to the Social and Physical Environment: A Compendium
(NDLI, 1997) for further details.
4.4 Gaps and Deficiencies
As discussed under Cumulative Impacts in Volume 2A, the roadside
plantations play an important part in the day-to-day lives of many people, in
particular members of Vulnerable Groups. One deficiency that has been noted
is that although reforestation in an area of wasteland is better than no
reforestation at all, it does not solve the problem of the local population who
depend on the forest land for fuel, fodder, food, and in some cases their
livelihood. In this project, an effort must be made to reforest the roadside
plantations in the local area. Additionally, reforestation should start as soon as
possible, once each section of road is completed, in order to give the new trees
a head start which in some cases would be five years. If the R&BD and the
Forest Department identify some reforestation sites now in areas where the
project roads will impact, there will not be quite as long a time for the local
population to wait for the new trees to reach maturity. The Forestry Department
is responsible for planing and monitoring the plantations.
Another shortcoming in the overall scenario, when acquiring land for projects
is the lack of a adequate policy on resettlement and rehabilitation, in particular
for encroachers and squatters. This project addresses the Project Affected
People in a Resettlement Action Plan and an Entitlement Framework developed
20
Chapter 4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration
Lea Associates
for the overall project. The Entitlement Framework for GSHP has been
endorsed by the GoG.
21
I I I
Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programme
Lea Associates
5. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROGRAMME
5.1 Introduction
The community consultation programme was carried out in the five project
corridors chosen for Phase I. The main objectives of the community
consultation programme was to minimise negative impact in the project
corridors and to make people aware of the road rehabilitation and maintenance
project. During the process efforts were made to ascertain the views and
preferences of the people adversely affected or benefited by the GSHP. People
participated in discussions about the project design and implementation and
gave their feedback on key issues that were raised. The aims of community
consultation were:
* to understand views of the people affected;
. to identify and assess all major issues to enable effective planning and
implementation;
I to resolve the problems of the people directly affected by the project;
* to inform the PAPs of the Entitlement Framework and RAP; and,
* to assist the PAPs during relocation and rehabilitation.
5.2 The Process
A two stage consultation programme is being carried out under the GSHP.
First, at the project planning stage (before the final road design), the potential
PAPs identified in the socio-economic census carried out along the 250 km
corridors were consulted. Village Meetings (VM) and Focus Group Interviews
(FGls) were conducted in all the project corridors. Figure 5.1 shows a FGI in
progress. The PAPs were consulted to assess and minimise their perceived
problems in particular that of losing their property, structures and assets, due to
GSHP. The villages with the highest number of potential PAPs in the project
corridor were selected for the FGI. Flexible Discussion Guides were used for
conducting the FGls and Village Meetings, which described all the major
issues of possible concern (see Appendix 1). In the Village Meetings
participants were informed of the important aspects of the project, the agencies
involved and the proposed preliminary design. During the meetings, feedback
was obtained about perceived benefits and issues of concern were raised by the
villagers. The FGls were conducted in areas along the corridor where there
were likely to be some Entitled Persons.
All Village Meetings and FGIs were organised with the help of the R&BD, the
ICDS (Integrated Child Development Services, Department of Health Services)
and, in some cases local NGOs (such as the Aga Khan Rural Support
Programme). The meetings were organised in consultation with local people
who decided the venue and time for the meeting. The meetings covered rural,
urban and suburban areas of the project corridors. Figure 5.2. shows some
potential PAPs (belonging to a weavers co-operative) working at their homes
witlhin the RoW in Sidhpur.
23
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assvczates
2C7 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~2
e~~~Fgr 5. ou roup Ine1e in Prgrs
Figure5.2 uroect.1 AFfectd Peouple belngeviwing t rogawevressc-praie
wogr kin in2 thoeir homesoted withle blning thoW in waesidh-peraie
Mehsana to Palanpur)
24
Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programme xpr
LsAssoascte
Table 5.1: Details of FGIs and Village Meetings
Corridor Corridor Name Name of the Number of FGIVMI
Village Participants Individuar Interviews
01 Sarkhej-Viramgam Gibpura 23 VM
Sanand 8 (40) FGI (VM)
03 Mehsana-Palanpur Unjha 35 VM
Sidhpur 12 FGI
28 Rajkot-Jamnagar Falla 25 VM
Mota Rampar 17 FGI
06 Halol-Godhra Delol 9 VM
Vejalpur 20 FGI
17 Kadodra-Bajipura Manekpor 2 Individual
Aafava 2 Interviews2
______________________ Barachadi I
Notes: 1/ FGI - Focus Group Interviews, VM - Village Meetings
2/ Individual interviews were carried out in this corridor with individual PAPs as they
were spread out over the full length of the corridor and were not located in any one
concentrated area This was the recommended method of consultation along
corridors with less than 25 residential units and 50 business and agricultural
properties.
Table 5.2 summarises the community consultation programme completed for
the Phase I corridors.
Table 5.2: Summary of Consultation Programme for Phase I
Number of Villages Covered II
Number of Focus Group Interviews Conducted 4
Number of Village Meetings Conducted 4
Number of Individual Interviews Conducted 5
Total Number of Persons Consulted 186
5.3 The Perceived Benefits
From the community consultation process, many people were very positive
about the project and during the discussions many benefits were identified as:
* less travel time;
* less accidents;
* increased customers;
* better access to the facilities;
* savings in vehicle operating costs; and,
* organised market facilities.
* In most cases the benefits from the project far outweigh the costs to local
communities.
5.4 Major Issues Raised at Village Meetings and FGls
The following are some of the major issues raised during the Village Meetings
and Focus Group Interviews. An example of the Village Meeting and Focus
Group Reports is enclosed in Appendix 2. Reports on the individual meetings
carried out in the consultation programme have been discussed in detail in the
Natural and Social Environment: Source Information (NDLI, 1998). Section
25
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
4ea Associates
8.2 details how the engineering design team addressed some of these issues
when completing the design of the project roads.
1. Residents (Sidhpur/Mota Rampar/Vejalpur)
In all of the FGIs conducted, people in established residential units were
willing to relocate voluntarily, provided compensation offered is fair and
adequate. The majority of the residents prefer to relocate in their existing
neighbourhood or within the vicinity of the town they live.
2. Pedestrian Safety
Pedestrian safety was one of the most common issues raised during all of the
meetings conducted. The speed of motorised traffic travelling through villages
may impact the safety of the people living near and those crossing the
highways. Participants requested the provision of speed breakers, median
separators and pedestrian bridges or tunnels in their communities.
3. Widening of Road and Use of Paved Shoulder
People wished to have more room for pedestrian and non-motorised vehicles so
it would be a safer environment for travelling along the road. During the
meetings it was found that, in rural and suburban areas, paved shoulders are
used by pedestrian and slow moving traffic, as well as motorised vehicles
(scooters and rickshaws), often creating a very dangerous environment
especially for pedestrians.
4. Roadside Parking
At one of the village meetings the point was raised that during the monsoon
season, when the drainage is very poor, villagers leave their private vehicles, in
particular trucks, on the side of highways, which is a safety hazard. Villagers
enquired about the possibility of widening roads near villages and providing
space that could be utilised for a parking area.
5. School Children and Safety (Sanand/Gibpura/FallalDelol)
The safety of school children was another of the popular issues raised during
the meetings. As the schools are often located near highways, motorised traffic
travelling at high speeds through villages will have an impact on the safety of
school students.
6. Bus-Stop
Villagers asked if it would be possible to provide more bus stops, bus lanes and
pedestrian islands. A village that currently does not have a bus stop,
volunteered to build a roof for a bus stop with village funds if the project
authority would construct the base of the structure.
7. Quality of Construction Material
Considering the present road condition, some participants, emphasised that the
executing authority should use quality construction material to ensure the road
would be of a higher quality for a longer period of time.
8. Bypasses (Sanand/Mota Rampar/Vejalpur)
In a few areas, where people are directly impacted in rural, suburban and urban
areas, they suggested a bypass be built around their village to mitigate serious
26
Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programmee
Lea Associates
congestion problems and eliminate the need for large numbers of PAPs to be
resettled.
9. Small Temples (Sidhpur, Vejalpur)
During the meetings, it was found that the relocation of small temples and
shrines will not be a problem from the participant's point of view, as long as
other community members will be consulted prior to any such relocation.
10. Compensation (Sidhpur/ Mota Rampar/ Vejalpur)
During a few of the meetings, participants felt that compensation offered
should be at the current market rate and that the compensation should be paid
in one instalment.
11. Mobile Vendors
The mobile vendors who are directly impacted in the town of Sanand were
concerned about a new location and the impact on their incomes as a result of
the road widening through the town and market area.
12. Removal and Replanting of Trees
Many of the mature trees are within just a few metres of the existing CW.
However, trees in many areas are of little use other than as shade trees. The
trees cut down as a result of construction will be replanted. The villagers
would prefer to have more useful tree varieties planted, such as neem and other
fruit bearing trees such as mangoes.
5.5 Findings
5.5.1 Village Meetings
The major conclusions from the village meetings were:
* participants were positive about the road development project and aware of its
benefits;
e they suggested roads should be widened when passing through the smaller
villages, allowing for more room for pedestrian use and parking;
� they suggested using quality raw material for future road construction;
* there was little concern that the project will affect some giant trees along the
road side; and,
. villagers are ready to co-operate with regard to relocation for the project's
implementation.
5.5.2 Findings at Focus Group Interviews
The major conclusions from the FGIs were:
* the proposed GSHP will displace some people along the road corridors, which
was generally accepted;
. likely PAPs are ready to relocate given they receive a fair and adequate
compensation package;
* community consultation will be needed for the relocation of temples and shrines;
* the project may impact the income of directly affected mobile vendors;
* community consultation will be needed after final road design with PAPs; and,
27
a 1111=,Tz~. Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LejA&sOc47tEs
. some participants suggested a bypass in their villages would solve serious
problems.
5.6 Non Governmental Organisations Involvement
Under the Consultation Programme, project area based local NGOs were
visited primarily to discover their area of work and the possible programming
linkages with the likely PAPs. An NGO will be identified to co-ordinate with
the R&BD on the implementation and t or monitoring of the Resettlement
Action Plan. Leading State NGOs will continue to be consulted to obtain
feedback on issues raised during the second level consultation programme in
Phase 11.
Chapter 10, Institutional Capacity Building and Training in Volume 2A,
includes an NGO as an integral part in the operation of the EMU and
implementation of the EMAP and RAP. To date, it has been difficult finding
an existing NGO to play this role. Ongoing meetings and networking are
expected to lead to some potential NGO or agency to participate in this project
further.
5.7 Conclusions
At the first stage of the consultation programme, people were- informed about
the project and the proposed road design. Misconceptions about the project and
its implementation were clarified with question and answer periods. People
provided feedback on many issues pertaining to the project's design and
implementation. Likely Entitled Persons were ensured that another round of
consultation would take place after the final road design was completed, to
explain the Entitlement Framework and the RAP. The process enables the
consultants and R&BD to establish a rapport with the villagers and likely PAPs
in the project corridors, which will help generate support and co-operation
during the implementation of the RAP.
Modifications to the design were introduced as a result of the feedback
obtained during the meetings with the communities and PAPs. Mitigation
measures addressing some of these issues are included in the Environmental
Management Action Plan in Chapter 9. The process of consultation in the
GSHP has been very positive to date. The participants were actively involved
and provided their input for the project design and implementation. Several
relevant social issues and concems were discussed and evaluated and
mitigation measures suggested. How the engineering design addressed these
issues is documented in Section 8.2.
28
Chapter 6-Existing Conditions 0�2:
LUrAsso=ztes
6. EXISTING CONDITIONS
6.1 Introduction
This section of the report reviews the existing conditions of the natural, social
and cultural environments at the taluka level and focuses on the areas within
and directly adjacent to the corridor of impact and RoW. The SEA focused on
the existing conditions at a state wide level. A review of the natural, social and
cultural environment for each road is found in the Phase I Corridor Profiles, an
example of which is in Appendix 6 of the SEA. All the Corridor Profiles are in
the Natural and Social Environment: Source Information (NDLI, 1998).
6.2 Natural Environment
The following discussion of existing conditions focuses on the immediate
vicinity along the Phase I corridors.
6.2.1 Geo-Climatic Regions
D3RY REGION-O TO 500 MM RAINFALL. Corridor 28 straddles the border of the
dry region. While Links 281 and 282 fall into a region of slightly higher
rainfall, Link 283 is located in the dry region of coastal Jamnagar and receives
less than 500 mm rainfall. Link 283 is located close to the coast and
experience some coastal breezes, while Links 281 and 282 are more inland and
have less breezes. Due to the dryness of the region and the relative lack of
vegetative cover, this area would be more susceptible to generating dust.
Average wind speed for this region is 13-17 km/ h which is the highest in the
state. As a result ventilation is relatively good for dispersal of air pollutants.
MEDIUM DRY REGION-500-1000 MM RAINFALL. Corridors 01, 03 and 06 fall
within the medium dry region which occupies the central part of the state and
most of the Saurashtra peninsula. Corridor 06 straddles the border and two
Links; 063 and 064, technically fall in the area just above 1000 mm rainfall,
however, there are no deep black cotton soils in the area so it has been left in
this category. Due to the greater humidity and greater vegetative cover, Links
063 and 064 would be less susceptible to generating dust.
Average wind speed for this region as well as the moist region is 5-10 km/ h
which is significantly lower than the dry region. Temperature inversions also
occur with some frequency throughout the state, which further concentrates air
pollution.
MOIST REGION-ABOVE 1000 MM RAINFALL AND BLACK COTTON SOILS.
Corridor 17 falls squarely in the region above 1000 mm rainfall and in the area
of deep black cotton soils. These soils present a problem in that they expand
'when wet and contract when dry which requires special treatment in road
construction and maintenance. Proper road engineering prescribes complete
removal of the black cotton soil layer or burial by adding large amounts of fill
-9
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lcs Assocztes
on top. Either alternative, excavation or burial, will add significant erosion
problems along the corridor during and after construction
6.2.2 Air Quality and Noise
Out of the eight Field Monitoring Stations, four were located on and obtained
data for the following links included in Phase I: Links 012, 032, 064 and 171.
None of the field data for air quality exceeded existing Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB) Standards.
Noise levels exceeded standards in all of the aforementioned links.
6.2.3 Water Resources
NUMBER OF MINOR WATER BODIES AND WELLS. Table 6.1 summarises the
number of Minor Water Bodies and wells along the corridors. All of the Minor
Water Bodies described here for the Phase I roads are referred to as ponds and
correspond to Minor Water Body category WI, ie bodies of water with little or
no aquatic vegetation. The precise location (km) and distance of the ponds from
the CW is given along with the probability of impact in the Hotspot
Identification Matrices in Table 7.3 to Table 7.7.
Table 6.1: Number of Minor Water Bodies and Wells
Link Name Minor Wells
Water
Bodies
O11 Sarkej - Sanand 2 0
012 Sanand - Sachana 0 0
013 Sachana - Viramgam 2
031 Mehsana - Link to Visnagar 5 0
032 Link to Visnagar - Sidhpur 0 0
033 Sidhpur - Palanpur 0 1
063 Godhra - Kalol I
064 Kalol - Halol 2 1
171 Kadodra - Bardoli I I
172 Bardoli - Bajipura 0 1
281 Rajkot- Padhari 0 0
282 Padhari - Dhrol 1 0
283 Dhrol - Link to Vanthali 0 3
CROSS-DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. A complete inventory of minor and major
bridges as well as culverts is found in the SEA. The water channels, drains and
even the rivers are non-perennial and are dry except for a few weeks after
monsoon. Corridor 28 has the highest concentration of Cross-drainage
Structures. Link 281 has 47 Cross-drainage Structures along 24.1 km (2.0
Cross-drainage Structures/km) and Link 282 has 56 Cross-drainage Structures
along 23.6 km (2.4 Cross-drainage Structures/km).
One bridge in bad condition on Link 031 over the Rupan River will be
reconstructed.
30
Chapter 6-Existing Conditions -,
Lea Associates
.,L.2.4 MineralIResources
S e1^ ~~~~- '.,,1, '.7;,
/ z~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ,. b- n ' *,',
Figure 6.1: Existing Roadside Ditches: a contaminated ditch on Corridor
01 between Sanand and Sachana
6-.2.4 Mineral Resources
SOILS. Corridor 28 begins in an area of medium black soil but is mostly in area
of alluvial sandy soil.
Corridor 01 is in an area of coastal alluvial soil. Corridors 03 and 06 are in an
area of alluvial sandy soil.
Corridor 17 is entirely within an area of deep black cotton soil (see Figure 6.2).
Out of Phase I roads, only Corridor 17 will require extensive excavation or
burial of this soil in order to properly rehabilitate the road
EXISTING AND POTENTIAL EROSION. Corridors 03 and 28 are in areas of
existing erosion problems due to sandy soils and lack of vegetative cover in
some areas. Corridor 17, however, has road sub-base of black cotton soil.
This, coupled with the high rainfall of the area, will lead to higher potential for
erosion problems during and after construction.
PITS AND QUARRIES. There are active quarries (see Volume 2A, the SEA)
where aggregates are hauled for the road construction in the area of the Phase I.
None of the active quarries for Phase I have significant environmental
problems due to the geological stability of the areas.
The earth used for embankments is sometimes hauled from borrow pits within
the RoW, which has in fact formed a shallow unlined drain, sometimes used for
collection of storm water and irrigation of nearby fields. Often, however, these
are sources of stagnant water which form breeding areas for mosquitoes. In
31
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
some cases, they also collect garbage, liquid and solid waste as well as more
toxic chemicals in industrial areas where they are used as disposal pits. This is
particularly evident along Corridors 01 and 06 (see Figure 6.1). However, earth
will not be borrowed from within the RoW in GSHP. Only areas, outside the
RoW, earmarked for borrowing purpose will be used.
6.2.5 Flora
VEGETATION COMMUNITIES. None of the Phase I corridors pass through any
significant natural vegetation community due to intensive land-use in most
areas. Drier and less inhabited zones of degraded land have open woodlands or
shrub lands of Mesquite (Prosopis juliflora) an introduced tree, or, as in the
case of Corridor 28, seasonal grasslands which appear barren during the dry
season.
TREE PLANTATIONS. Tree plantations along the RoW were assessed in the
field as described in the SEA. Trees size-class and density by number of rows
were multiplied in order to derive an estimate of the mass of trees. This
estimate serves to compare corridors in a relative fashion. The following Table
6.2: Tree Mass on Phase I Corridors., compares the tree mass for the Phase I
corridors. The total tree mass obtained for each corridor was then divided by
the length, to obtain the average tree mass/km. Please note that the tree mass
used here is a relative index and does not signify actual mass of trees in kg.
Table 6.2: Tree Mass on Phase I Corridors
Corridor Name Tree Mass
m3/km
01 Sarkhej - Viramgam 3,664
03 Mehsana - Palanpur 4.281
06 Lunavada - Halol 1,515
17 Kadodra - Bajipura 1,817
28 Rajkot - Vadinar 676
Trees have been planted along all of the state highways at various times in the
past through various programs. As a result, there is no overall set pattern to the
way trees have been planted and this is evident in the Phase I corridors. In
general, the older trees have been planted in an irregular fashion, while younger
tree plantations tend to be dense and very regular. A good example of this is
the difference between Corridors 01 and 03; Corridor 01 has some of the oldest
and the biggest trees which occur in one row at irregular intervals and at
irregular distances from the edge of the pavement. Corridor 03, on the other
hand, has tree plantations of younger age in multiple rows at very regular
intervals and regular distances from the edge of the pavement. Because of the
high density with multiple rows, even though the trees are younger age,
Corridor 03 has much higher average tree mass than the other corridors. Geo-
climatic region also affects growth rate: in high rainfall areas trees have a faster
growth rate. As a result, corridors in the south, such as Corridor 17, have large
trees but of relatively younger age. The corridor with the least amount of tree
plantations along the roadside is Corridor 28 and this is reflected in the lowest
tree mass.
32
LEGEND
INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY
.STATE BOUNDARY
DISTRICT BOUNDARY
IN DISTRICT H-EADOUAR1 ERS
* MAJOR TOWNJS
SEA - PHASE I & PHASE It (BIB ken)
PHIASE I COIRRIDORS.- ESRR
9ARAND SARKIIE ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASE 1I CORRIDORS
GULF OF KACHCHH C--,-l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CORRIDORS NOT SBLECTED)
FOR PCC
SOIL TYPES
t ALLUVIAL SANDY LOAM
lU1ALLUVIAL SANDY SOIL
MADHYA ~ ~ COASTAL ALLUVIAL SOIL
MADHYA I"~I DEEP BLACK SOIL
PRADESH IM MEDIUM BLACK SOIL
1' SALINE SOIL
fle,slK s I 02 ard 03 et.,
tol e 11, R12 and 0I3 Etrr
1- Llk. 01l. 012,013 etc er part of
r-rldor SI, 02Cc..
FOF ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*C-rId-r -r st-ew by tor diRit
Figuire 6.2:
PHASE I ESR
SOIL TYPES AND
'~~AVSRRI , /11 I ROAD CORRIDORS
IjI MAHARASHTRA GUJARAT STATE
DAM ~~~~ ESPARL ~~~~HIGHWAYS PBIGiECT
PBorrO.EeT .-TIOO Dot- TAIl SerE Rs
0 50 100
Kilometers N.D.AEA /P-
EMINOd ~Lea Aoe,iatens
33
I I
a01=,- Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssociates
GREEN TUNNELS. In some areas of strip plantations the trees are large and
regular enough to form a canopy over the road and is referred to as a "green
tunnel". These provide shade both for motorists as well as pedestrians and
habitat for wildlife. Green tunnels occur along Corridor 17. The corridor has
long uninterrupted stretches of green tunnels, almost 15 km in total, and are
marked by signboards saying, "save the trees, hence the environment" or
"'enjoy our green tunnel" that have been posted by the Social Forestry
Department. (see Figure 6.3).
Figure 6.3: Dense Mature Tree Plantations forming a Green Tunnel: A
green tunnel on Corridor 17 Kadodara and Bajipura.
GIANT TREES. Some trees stand out that are substantially older and larger than
most others. These are referred to as "giant trees" and can often be found close
to villages and towns or in more rural areas. The species involved are usually
banyan, neem, pipal, mango, gulmohar or tamarind. Giant trees which are
found within village limits often are focal points for social interaction or for
communal use as they provide a large shaded area near the road which can be
used for bus stops, business or visiting.
Corridors 01 and 03 have relatively few giant trees (five each) while Corridors
06 and 17 as well as 28 have many more giant trees (46, 30 and 23
respectively). Corridor 28 stands out in that it has giant trees but very little
other tree plantations along the roadside.
TIMBER FOREST RESOURCE. Little, if any, timber resources are found within
the study area. Some tree plantations of teak occur near Corridor 05 which is
not part of Phase I. Some Eucalyptus plantations are found within industrial
36
Chapter 6-Existing Conditions
Lea Assocfstes
parks. Other than that, the main concentration of trees, which are generally not
of good timber value, are found in the strip plantations.
Strip plantations have limited access and uses. They have typically in the past
been planted with non-commercial varieties of fast-growing trees. At the
discretion of the District Conservator of Forests, the public may gather one
head load of dead firewood per person per day, and livestock, with the
exception of camels, may graze within the RoW.
The public may not harvest any live trees from the strip plantations. The Forest
Department decides when and where harvesting will occur. In the case of road
construction projects, the Forest Department must be notified where tree
plantations must be cleared. See the discussion in the SEA on clearance for
felling of tree plantations.
NON-TIMBER FOREST PRODUCTS. There is a very limited number of non-
timber forest products harvested from strip plantations along the RoW. A few
fruit trees were recorded in RoW. Corridor 17 in particular had mango trees
(four giant ones) within the RoW. Some varieties of tamarind fruits were seen
being harvested and consumed along the roadside. Leaves and fruits of
legumes are felled by beating with sticks by herders to provide forage for goats.
6.2.6 Fauna
ENDANGERED SPECIES. No threatened nor endangered species are known to
occur along any of the Phase I corridors. More specifically, there are no
required habitats of endangered species which occur along these corridors.
PROTECTED AREAS. Protected areas, including wildlife sanctuaries, forest
reserves and national parks within the area of influence (10 km) of the project
roads are listed in Volume 2A, the SEA. No forest reserves are found within
the area of influence.
The only protected area within the vicinity of the Phase I corridors is the
Khijadia Bird Sanctuary, almost ten kilometres to the north of Link 283. This
brackish water body harbours a variety of resident and migratory birds.
Representative birdlife includes flamingos, herons and many other waterfowls.
6.3 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
This section discusses the social and cultural environment of the areas
traversed by the five Phase I project corridors at the taluka level. (Figure 6.4
shows typical squatter shelters located along a project road) The project
corridors, selected for the detailed study (ESR) are spread out in eighteen
talukas in seven districts. Out of five corridors only two (01 and 17) are
located within the same district where as the remaining corridors (03, 06 and
28) traverse through two districts each.
The discussion is divided into four major sub-sections: demographic profile;
socio-economic profile; vulnerable groups and land use and development. The
database for this analysis was compiled from various secondary sources.
37
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
teaAssociates
7, -
0~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- ) - ' ; - X;- - - r' .EW-
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4
Figure 6.4 Typical Squatter Shelters Located along the Project Corridors
6.3.1 Demographic Prorile
AREA AND POPULATION DISTRIBUTION. The Phase I corridors together cover
a total of 18 talukas in the state with a total population of 7.8 million as per the
1991 census. Corridor 01 has the highest share of population (over 47.8% of
the total population covered by all five corridors) followed by Corridor 03
(19.4%) and Corridor 28 (18.7%). See Figure 6.5.
Amnong the 18 talukas, Palanpur is the largest with an area of 1,465 km2 and
Palsana, is the smallest, with only 198 km2. With regard to population,
Ahmedabad had the largest population with 3,280,692. Dhrol had a population
of only 63,225 as per 1991 census.
Of the road sections, only Link 0 11 passes through Ahmedabad taluka. Two
sections (Links 282 and 283) pass through Dhrol taluka, while all other traverse
through medium populated talukas.
POPULATION DENSITY. Talukas containing Corridor 01 have a higher average
density of 1,330 persons/km2. This is attributed to the presence of Ahmedabad
along this corridor.
Ahmedabad taluka has the highest population density (11,212 persons/ki2)
and Dhrol, which has the lowest population and also has the lowest population
density (I6 s persons/kin2).
Links 011 and 281 pass through the highest density talukas, whereas Links 031,
032, 063, 064, 171, 172 and 284 pass partly or fully through the talukas which
have moderate population density (300 to 800 persons/ki2). Links 012, 013,
38
Chapter 6-Existing Conditions
l>e Asociates
033, and 282 pass through the talukas that have the lowest population density
(less than 300 persons/km2).
POPULATION GROWTH. The pattern of population growth during 1981-91 of
the talukas falling along the corridors showed a wide range, between a low of
2.4% (Viramgam) to a high of 36.0% (Rajkot). As many as II talukas out of
the 18 have experienced low population growth (less than 20%), 6 talukas have
moderate growth rates (20 to 30%) and only Rajkot has experienced high
population growth.
As many as 18 links of the project corridors pass partly or fully through the low
population growth talukas and five (Links 063, 064, 011, 031, 033) pass partly
or fully through the talukas which had showed moderate population density.
Only one Link 081 passes through Rajkot.
WORK FORCE PARTICIPATION RATE (VFPR). Of all 18 talukas, only three
talukas in Surat district had registered high work force participation rates of
over 40%. Five talukas, one each in Mehsana, Ahmedabad, Rajkot, Jamnagar
and Panchmahals had experienced a moderate WFPR (between 35 to 40%).
The remaining have a low WFPR (less than 35%). In the case of the female
WFPR, three talukas in the Surat district registered higher WFPR (more than
25%) and all other talukas had less than 25% female WFPR.
Links 171 and 172 are passing through talukas with highf WFPR, such as
Palsana and Bardoli. Links 011, 012, 064, 031, 281, 282 and 283 pass partly or
fully through the talukas that have experienced a moderate WFPR (Sanand,
Mehsana, Halol, Paddhari and Dhrol). The Links 063, 064, 013, 032, 033, 281,
and 284 pass partly or fully through the talukas which have a low WFPR.
LITERACY RATE. Nine of the 18 talukas along the Phase I project corridors
have literacy rates much lower than the state average of 51.2%. Sanand and
Viramgam, registered a low literacy rate, in spite of being located in the most
urbanised district of Ahmedabad. Similarly, the talukas in the industrialised
district, Surat, have experienced only moderate to low literacy levels.
Interestingly, the Mehsana taluka, the most rural district, showed a better range
of literacy level, moderate to high compared to other talukas.
Out of all 18 talukas, Ahmedabad taluka has recorded the highest literacy rate
of 67.5%, while Halol registered the lowest literacy rate 42.42%. In the case of
female literacy rate, Ahmedabad taluka recorded 60.8% whereas Halol has only
27.4%.
Out of the 13 Phase I project road links, Links 011, 031, 032 and 281 pass
partly or fully through talukas with high literacy levels (more than 60%). As
many as seven links traverse through talukas with medium literacy level (50 to
60%). Eight links pass through talukas of low literacy rates (less than 50%).
RURAL-URBAN COMPOSITION. Corridor 01 passes through talukas with
relatively high urbanisation. On the other hand, Corridor 17 passes through the
least urbanised talukas. The average urbanisation level of Corridor 01 is 90.2%
as compared with the Corridor 17 with 16.3%. Corridor 28 passes through
talukas that also recorded the highest urbanisation rates.
39
; , - \&MODASA' -
--,2 POPULATION GROWTH RATE. (81.91) RDA ..POPULATION GROWTH RjATE. (81-R1)
POrPLO GROWTH -- DE /SA | NOIHNA R BIRPUR RT GrwlRae(T K*) j r
h X f J * ;"5^ ^ \ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GNHIN; AGAOR �I:g.<\'fi )I V(
OCCUPATIO STUTR rAAPI I Godhr , HLLa s'i
Vag- Eg v30f4 ,. ' )./0 / \ )|
41 osoensopCao ......... BIR 1 / 5....B 1 15 2 0 25 0 . 2;
0 --1SA0 20 0 SHEHRA .....S i . . _ ___ ,
5 IS 25 -- . " I
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I Ral 1TCH , PIAT0 CR T a t < >OA-LfI)5D<3160MDU
G,oVhI4RatIe() J 'a-'(3 WA,~ ~
HIM ALL.
OccUPTISTRUICTUREHA
I Sidhpu, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IVADODARA-
.mmpy GAI R 03, OCCUPATION STRUCTURE
ho,- GIAR A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ pARA,j I
t (2 u KIM . - ' ; l l GlowlhR=l=(N) ~ ~~~ ~~~~~~ GADHN T KIl L t z,\ ,e<, EGN YEND
V1RAMGAM / .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I ~~~~~~~~ ~INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY
O 50 1 AANA \ / RAU*1 SAA I TEBOUNDARY
SA NAV SARKHEJ . GARJA_ ' 6RS
- KATHLA --~l u PHASE I CORRIDTORS - ETA
R -D asn Z .'gt t ;|.j JTU - ^^^LwAscae
P F-OPULATION Di - - ; - M _OP-= I S OENSITY , s0
T-pad&zl' 3011- 600 MEDIUM
(040th R,,4 14' (.0.. ..)o- .
1 * 5 15 20 30 / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~e MRIOCCUPATION STRUCTURE
/ I ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5 15 2 35PRIMARY SECTOR
- OroolS~~~~~~~G1 R.ale IT) 2/ 101-~0 SECONDARY SECTOR
*OLPAq '~` I r='( TERTIARY SECTOR
UA ADOPARV I" I
BARDOL1- I SONG KNAHAFigurc 6.5:
(CHHA-8R ~~~~~~ VALOD VYARA *- I VANTHALI5 - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASE I ESR
FOALSANA'3 381 .. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF
TOTAL POPULATION
OCCUPATION OTRUCTURE ~~~OCCUPATION STRUCTURE 6IiPRA ST E
NAVSAR( I FF-�CCUPAION STUCUR( PIda
T 04401 I I ~~~~~~HIGHWAYS PROJECT
I AUrdoII ~~~~~~~I7I~~~Itt':Y r-'"rT~~~~~~~~~mfl. ~~PROECT C00ROXAn4.G 030ULT34SEECES
Xa o RqpkoId ~
DAM 0 50 ____ ~~~~1111JETIPUR N/E im
D _ ' LASA
K,,,IOPARL I__A
40
I I I
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Le Associates
Among the 18 talukas, the most rural talukas along the corridors included
Valod in Surat district (100%) and Vadgam in Banaskantha district (over 96%).
The other talukas that have relatively high rural population are Palsana
(92.2%), Paddhari (89%), Sanand (84%) and Kalol (87%). On the other hand,
Ahmedabad taluka has the lowest rural population, of 0.3%.
Links 011, 032, 033, 281 pass partly or fully through the talukas which had
experienced high urbanisation of more than 30%; Links 013, 031, 033, 282,
063, 064, 171 and 172 pass party or fully through the moderately urbanised
talukas (between 20 - 30%). Link 012 passes through the less urbanised (less
than 20%) taluka.
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE. The occupational structure of the talukas shows
the economic activities that are taking place. Sanand had the highest share of
workers (75.8%) in the primary sector. In the same district, Ahmedabad taluka
hacl the lowest share of workers in the primary sector (2.1%). Kalol, Dhrol,
Vadgam and Viramgam were the other talukas in which most of the workers
(above 70%) were involved in agricultural related activities. Other than
Ahmedabad taluka, Rajkot was the only other that had low share of primary
work force. Only three talukas, Ahmedabad, Rajkot and Jamnagar, had more
than 30% of workforce engaged both in secondary and tertiary activities.
Godhra had the lowest share of secondary workforce (5.9%) whereas Palsana
recorded the lowest share of tertiary workforce. The same was true in the case
of SC and ST occupation structure.
Part of Link 011 passes through the Ahmedabad taluka and had the lowest
primary work force. Links 011, 012 and 013 pass through Sanand that have
75% of its workers in the primary sector. Links 011, 281, 282 and 283 pass
through the more urbanised and industrially developed talukas like
Ahmedabad, Rajkot and Jamnagar that have the higher share of the work force
involved in both secondary as well as tertiary sectors (more than 30% in each
category).
6.3.2 Vulnerable Groups
SCHEDULED CASTES (SC). Among the 18 talukas, Ahmedabad had the highest
SC population (395,399) whereas Valod (in the tribal dominated district of
Surat) had a negligible SC population. Ahmedabad had the highest SC
population density with 1,351 persons/km2, whereas Valod had only five
persons/km2. The remaining talukas did not register more than 50
persons/km2. Only Link 011 passes through Ahmedabad taluka that has the
highest SC population density and Link 172 passes through the taluka that has
the lowest SC population density.
Though Valod taluka has the lowest SC population, it has a SC Population
literacy rate of 71.3%. Jamnagar taluka has the lowest literacy rate of only
42.7%. The remaining talukas were in the range of 45-70%. Link 172 passes
through the Valod taluka, which has the highest literacy rate. Link 283 passes
through the rapidly industrialising Jamnagar taluka that showed the lowest
literacy rate among the SC population.
Almost all the talukas had around 30% of its SC population engaged in the
economic activities. Paddhari taluka in Rajkot district has the highest SC
42
Chapter 6-Existing Conditions
Les A OCte
Population, Workforce Participation Rate (38%) and Ahmedabad has the
lowest WFPR (27%).
Primary workforce dominates (with a share more than 50%) the occupation
structure in 12 talukas and has a comparatively higher share (40-50%) in three
talukas. In the remaining three talukas, the share of primary workforce is less
than 25% particularly in Ahmedabad taluka (only 1.7%). Paddhari has the
highest share of primary workforce (83.6% of the total SC working
population). Ahmedabad, Rajkot, Jamnagar, Palsana, Bardoli and Valod have a
higher share of the workforce involved in secondary as well as tertiary sectors.
Links 011, 012, 013, 031, 032, 033, 281, 282, 283, 063 and 064 pass through
the talukas where most of the SC population was involved in the primary
sector. Links 011, 171 and 172, 281, 283, pass through the talukas where
secondary as well as the tertiary work force dominated the occupation structure
(see Figure 6.6).
SCHEDULE TRIBES (ST). ST population is concentrated in a few talukas like
Palsana, Bardoli, Valod, Godhra, Ahmedabad and Halol. Out of these talukas,
in 3 talukas the ST population was high and in Godhra, Ahmedabad and Halol
the ST population was moderate. Dhrol and Paddhari have negligible numbers
of ST population. Valod has the highest ST population density (282
persons/km2). Links 171 and 172 passes through the high ST population
density talukas (Palsana, Bardoli and Valod) whereas Links 281, 282 and 283
pass through the lowest ST population density talukas (Paddhari and Dhrol).
Links 063, 064, 011 and 033 pass through the talukas of moderate density.
The literacy rate of ST population was comparatively lower in all the talukas as
compared to that of SC population. Dhrol taluka has the highest literacy rate of
79.1% followed by Rajkot (60.5%). Kalol has the lowest literacy rate (13.2%)
whereas Palanpur has 14.2%. Two thirds of the total number of talukas were
far below the state's average ST population literacy rate. Links 281, 282 and
283 pass through the talukas of high ST population literacy level (more than
50%). Links 011, 031, 172 and 283 pass through the talukas that have
.experienced moderate literacy level (35-50%). All the remaining links pass
through the talukas, which have low ST population literacy level.
WFPR for the ST population was not uniform as in the case of the SC
population. Three talukas Palsana, Bardoli and Valod, in the most
industrialised district, Surat have high WFPR (more than 50%) with Palsana as
high as 56.7%. Only three talukas, Jamnagar, Rajkot and Dhrol had registered
low WFPR compared to the remaining (less than 30%). Twelve talukas have
experienced moderate WFPR for ST population. Links 171 and 172 pass
through the talukas that have high WFPR whereas Links 281, 282 and 283 pass
through talukas of low WFPR. The remaining pass through talukas of
moderate WFPR.
With regard to the occupational structure, 11 out of 18 talukas have the ST
workforce involved predominantly in the primary sector (more than 60%). Out
of these, Kalol has the highest share (95.3%) for primary sector activities. The
remaining seven talukas have shown the lowest share of ST workforce involved
in primary sector activities (less than 25%). Ahmedabad taluka had only 1.9%
of total ST workforce under this category. Out of the seven talukas in which
both secondary and tertiary ST workforce were dominating, Ahmedabad has
43
Gujarat State Highways Project- Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssadates
98% and Visnagar, 97.9%. Kalol has the lowest share of the secondary and as
well as the tertiary workforce (4.7%). Links 01 1, 012, 013, 033, 063. 064, 171,
172, 281 and 282 pass through the high primary sector ST work force
dominated talukas. Links 01, 031, 032, 033, 281, 282 and 283 pass through the
talukas that have secondary and tertiary workforce as the predominant structure
(see Figure 6.7).
6.3.3 Land Use and Development
The way in which the land is utilised reflects the level of development of the
particular taluka. In each of the 18 talukas, the land use was different from the
others. This brought out some noticeable and important issues that need to be
addressed.
Forests are slowly degrading and diminishing in Gujarat. Ahmedabad. Sanand,
Viramgam, Mehsana, Visnagar, Sidhpur, Bardoli and Palsana talukas. Dhrol,
Valod and Paddhari have very negligible forest cover (less than 4% of the total
area). Palanpur taluka in Banaskantha district has the largest forest cover (21 %)
followed by Godhra taluka in Panchmahal district (19%).
Agricultural land, both irrigated and non-irrigated, is predominant in all
talukas. Ahmedabad taluka has the smallest share of total rural land, with only
51.2% under agricultural use. Mehsana taluka has a larger portion (89.8%) of
its rural land under agricultural use. The other taluka that has comparatively
less agricultural land was Palsana (58.6%). All the remaining talukas have
more than 75% of the rural land under agricultural use.
Link 011 passes through Ahmedabad which has 91% under urban land. Link
031 passes through Mehsana taluka which, with less than 10% urban, has the
lowest share of urban land.
Links 031, 032, 033, 171 and 172 pass through the talukas that do not have any
designated forest cover. Links 281, 282, 283 pass through the talukas that have
comparatively low forest cover. Link 033 passes through Palanpur taluka that
has the largest forest cover among the 18 talukas.
6.4 Cultural Environment
The Phase I corridors are located throughout Gujarat (north, east, south and
Saurashtra) and require specific approaches towards cultural protection and
enhancement. However, there are similarities which allow for a generic
approach to identify and assess the archaeological and cultural properties.
The identification of the affected cultural property has been discussed in
Volume 2A, the SEA, and detailed in the Social and Physical Environment: A
Compendium (NDLI, 1997).
44
LITERACY RATE
;& I'aLarTERA r RA;TE MALPURA Kt1 5 mg .
Sdhp,I GANDHINAGAIR 04 01 20
hu It MaheinaS%_ ,,,, jA; ) 1A 7D R Taaolili l L G N
k V amgam t , ~~~~~~~~-' AUEABI t i PEcoUoa -
2a0d,,it) i0 tAL 40 ANi 60SA LARJA E SH HalII 91 10_ SA-pAESHsl(1k
4E4~~~~~~~~~SE
K~ATLA LADVSEVL
L ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 7lT . SOO/ A*(PED T .9 � A PAEICRiDR-ES
ONUINAT~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~ I 'PHASE 11 CORIOR
PAIAN'0{30O
LCUAiOTERUCTURAE H .1. 3i ~3., s Dpw
A H W -I -al s U i n a -AR , .__. = t t - - - ~ ~ 0 / * L V POPULATIOrloHE/AqT
f z P KtM 5 15 25 3s 45 / \ g 13, gE3v PRIMARYSECTOR~~~~A BAKO
d CHl . .....
O CCUPATIOH j OCCUPATION STRUCTURESTR
Atn,od tab .g g lPADRA I EKol \ . *' . pnoiEcicopRA LEGEND
VAET- M :I INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY
I3USAR H ---- STAT EBOUNDARY
1.50~ ~~~ ~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i
AR IAROE -I- -SEA - PRASE I &PHASEIItO4UAl8 0t
VAPI. PHAAU I CORRiDORS ESR
C=)PHASE It CORRIDOAS
RI u CZ CORRIDORY NOT SELECTED
LITERACY ATE 40SAPo
0054 ~~~Y~~AAA ~~~-~' I LITERACY RATE MALIYA POPULATION DENSITY IP4IOOIOISLIERACRRAT.RPOULATONSDNSIT
PI,I-,I "~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~i*YHALVAD ": 0-U
tO TO 00 TO~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I 9. 0 0
FEISeSTlOS r.? - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~kMORVI OCCUPATION SYRUCYURE
-. U IT~~~~~~~0 1 20 30 405RMRYSCO
*KIM , *15 P2IARY5ECTO
III OLPAD ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECONDARY SECTOR
OLPAP OAR N 12 TERTARY SECTOR
ICHH ...... VADI AR
-- .A'ALOD VANWAU I- ' < 2 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASE I ESR
~~~ , * ~~~~~~~~~~DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF
J / ' / ~~VULNERABLE GROUPS (ST)
NAVSARI [ ~~~~~~~~~AHWA OCCUPATION STRUCTURE G JR TS IT
NASAI!OCCUPATION STRUCTURE Pdh, . I ATST
VALSAD Y OY , .: o g~$ ' IGWY DJ
I BarAolI'< fmoe EONNF4554SL4A ER
DAM 41FloaJIESIN
KOOPARLI wmu 0 L S
III ~~~~I 0 00 tOY . JETPUR LeA ANSOCIAIOS~~~~~~~~~~~~ .5 10
LASA::A LEA~~~~~~4
) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i:tMODASA
LITERACY RATE D
op ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LITERACY RATE 053
SIdES" ~~~~~~~DEESA 17 VI i *
Oh,ooto3d 0's4~~~~~~~~s.~~~OI7~~S.~~~- I ~0 U IS lb 5 25 LUNAVADA
020 40 60 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ 033i EJo LADVEL oil SHE
30 30 50 TO S~~~~IDIjPUR
Por,.onr*ge I(~~~~~~ ~ ~~ATHLAL 5 SVU
VISNAGAR (ADAKO <-ss'
OCCUPATION STRUCTURE '-HM
Sdhp,' Vw11A.' VAP.o' ,- T N
VIs-gar Mj.71>A OCCUPATION STRUCTURE
Ma0e33n3~~~~I::.I~~I '1J1J~~~R~MGAM. ~GANDHINAEAKt 'oADRA T 03 LEGEND
0 50 100 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ " AIMEDBBIJ BSAR k H.1.1INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY
-. JANA I3~~~~~~~ ~ ~~" ~~~N0*3 7 KAJANSTATE BOUNDARY
60 40 lOT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ...~~~, KARJAN R3IoI A lOU 150 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SEA-PHASEI&PHASEII(OIOEksI
1Thm4 KATH� ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -;-- ~~~~~~~~~~PHASE ICORRIDORS TS5R
C== PHASE II CORRIDORS
~~~ ,1<" _____~~~~~~~~~~~~~= CORRIDORS NOT SELECTED
LffERACY RATE 3 DSLPAR53o'1,"' BHUJ FOR PCC
3 03160 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ .. ~ ~ ~ ~ , *~~~,.. POPULATION DENSITY IpoloonoIoq kls~~~~~~~~~~~~~OPUATO DNSI I
63 ---- ----- .... LITERACY RATt MALIYA035, SD
U 0 20 40 60 IOR o~o//4j" ALVAD
10 30 50 10 ,--.- -. ROIIDI ~~~~~~~~~~ OCCUPATION STRUCTURE
k UP0R0IM~ ECNARY SECTOR
0 15 20 30 40 OV
'~~~~~~~~~' K.LPAD ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ssTERTIARY SECTOR
KADODARAj ozl
ICHH-AOA M '<- * VARA VAIN Fi'gu re 6.7:
~~~~L ~~~~~~~~O09D -f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASE I ESR
505 - LI , VANT~~~~~~~~~ALIO' '; 'IUAJ#EOt ~~~~~~~~DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF
NAVOARI OCCUPATION STRUCTURE ~~~~~~~~ - ~~~PATID~~ '~~ ' ..... VULENERABLE GROUPS (SC)
VALSAD AT010~ ~ T VAId HIGHWAYS PROJECT
I 634001 1r--,-Cok - 1-
sok 'PI....3
DAM ,-' '.- I�v .I3~~~~~~~~EoU33 A'.:::o::i:A�:.-~~~~~~~~z;:-� ~JETPUR K * LEA Aa
DM KOPARLI 01_ X-A
U 030 Le Ass-cIates
LASA
46
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lo Assawhat
7. NATURAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT.
INDICATORS AND IMPACTS
d 8
7.1 Introduction
This section focuses on the impacts of the project on the natural, social and
cultural environment of the Phase I corridors. The impacts are split into two
main categories, those due to road construction and those due to road
operations. The definition and determination of indicators is described in
Chapter 8 of Volume 2A.
The Environmental Screening of the Phase I corridors resulted in the following
categorisation:
1. Medium Impact Category: Corridors 01, and 17; and,
2. Low Impact Category: Corridors 03, 06 and 28.
The corridors are analysed by link for the impact assessment, mitigation and
monitoring in this Chapter along with Chapter 8.
There are no four lane sections (parking and/or service lanes are however,
provided in urban centres) and no by passes on the roads in this Phase. The
identification and verification of the PAPs is an ongoing process and sections
of the RAP will be updated accordingly as new information becomes available.
7.2 Natural Environment
This discussion of indicators and direct impacts of construction activities in this
and the following sections, except for the Air Quality and Noise, focuses on a
matrix of each corridor which lists the sensitive areas and their locations along
,each link and corridor as a 'Hotspot Identification Matrix'. This matrix lists
the sensitive features of the natural and cultural environment as well as their
distances from the CW. The beginning and the end of prominent towns/ cities
are also given. For each sensitive feature, a sensitivity level was assigned as:
critical, sub-critical, standard or sub-standard. The criteria for assigning the
sensitivity level depended upon the type of feature, the distance from the CW
as well as a co-occurrence of sensitive features in one spot (see 'Criteria for
Sensitivity Index' in the SEA).
7.2.1 Air Quality
The following sections on air quality and noise, focus on an analysis of
operational impacts modelling change in air quality for two traffic scenarios in
the future.
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. These impacts are similar in intensity,
duration and reversibility for all corridors. An exception of these impacts is
dust generation which would be higher in drier, windier areas such as Corridor
28. A discussion of these impacts is found in the SEA.
47
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
iea Assocates
IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATION. The impacts due to operation were considered
linkwise for all the pollutant parameters for each of the target years ie 1997,
2002, 2007, 2012 and 2017.
Comparative analysis were done linkwise for two scenarios: Scenario-I with
traffic volume (without diversion)1 and Scenario-2 with traffic volume (with
diversion). This analysis revealed the pollution levels with and without
diversions.
Comparative analysis has been done for the links for all pollutant parameters.
It is worthwhile noting that the future concentration levels (ie 2002, 2007, 2012
and 2017) were calculated based on the 1996 emission standards. It is expected
that the future concentration levels would decrease due to tighter emission
standards and also with the improvements in the vehicle technology. Given
these changes, the concentration levels will not exceed the standards even in
the years 2012 and 2017.
The analysis of various pollutant parameters for the Phase I corridors,
(considering the traffic volume, without diversion) are given in 'Social and
Physical Environment : A Compendium (NDLI, 1997)'. Data for calculated
levels are found in the SEA. The following is a summary of the results of this
analysis.
Corridor 01
* Link 011 will not pose a problem as none of the pollutants (except for
CO in the second scenario) either exceed the limits now or will in the
future.
* Link 012. For the first scenario, HC, NOX and Pb will only exceed the
standards in 2012 and 2017. For the second scenario, CO levels pose a
problem and measures will have to be taken to reduce the impact. The
other pollutants exceeding the standards were Pb (for 2012 and 2017)
and HC and NOX and SPM (for 2017); and,
* Link 013 without diversion, will not generate significant emissions
levels.
Corridor 03
* Link 031 has and will have high pollution concentrations especially for
CO, HC and NOX and Pb;
* Link 032 is less problematic as compared to Link 031; and,
* Link 033 has high pollution concentrations especially for CO, HC and
NOX and Pb
Corridor 06
Link 063 did not exhibit any emissions problems now or for the fuiture;
and
1 Diversion in the context of traffic analysis refers to the difference in traffic volumes
attained when providing an improved road.
48
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lo& Associate
* Link 064 has comparatively higher concentration levels than Link 063,
but nevertheless it is also less problematic as compared to Links 031 and
033.
Corridor 17
* Link 171 and Link 172 will not pose significant pollution problems for
either scenario.
Corridor 28
* None of the Links 281, 282 or 283 will experience any significant
problems due to air pollution for either scenario.
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF LINKS FOR ALL POLLUTANT PARAMETERS
Scenario - 1 (Without Diversion)
* Link 031 is estimated to be the most polluted stretch, followed by Link
033;
* none of the pollutants will exceed the respective limits for the links
under consideration in 1997;
* Pb, HC and NOX emissions are higher as compared to other pollutants
and are estimated to exceed the standard from 2002 onwards; and,
' S02 emissions will not be significant.
Scenario - 2 (With Diversion)
* Link 31 and Link 33 are the most problematic links followed by Link 64
(Kalol to Halol);
* only CO emissions will exceed the standards in 1997 and compared to
other pollutants are substantially higher;
* other pollutants which follow next in terms of emissions are Pb, HC,
NOX and SPM; and,
S2 emissions will not be significant.
7.2.2 Noise
A comparative analysis of the links for noise is found below, calculated values
are in the SEA.
Scenario - I (Without Diversion)
* Links 031 and 064 followed by 284 have comparatively higher noise
levels and they will have noise levels exceeding 75 dBA;
* Except for Links 281 and 283, the remaining links have noise levels
exceeding 65 dBA in 1997; and,
* Link 031 and 284 are the only ones in 2002 with noise levels exceeding
70 dBA.
Scenario - 2 (With Diversion)
* Links 031 and 064 are the links which have comparatively higher noise
levels than other links with noise levels exceeding 75 dBA;
* all the links have noise levels more than 70 dBA in 1997 ; and,
* Except for Link 031, none of the links have noise levels exceeding 70
dBA in 2002.
49
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssocjjtes
723 WatarResoures
IMPACIS DUET) CONs�RU-1O 1hntinbe of Minr Water Bodies and 'wells aff ed byihe
pxject dufing the cwnsho phase fbOllow
Conri&rOl
* LinkOI hastwo ponds onterihskdeoferod, onekcatedatkim 17.6at 12mfinm
he CW, and aheirl ocatedatnm 23.1 at6m fmtheCW. The first pord sould not be
inbpacted ythead cansub but the second onewill be. PondNoa 1 is m a sub aiical
zme becausuofihe lare1iplatcnsaaw it. PondNo.2 is in asandazidmne because
ofthe ldk of large tree plans mi the area
* Link 013 hastwoponds and onewell PondNo. 1 is lcated on the south side atkm 41.8 at
12 m fim theCWpondNo. 2 is m d47n5 Ionthednoihse 5 m i-omtheCW. A'well
is kcatedon iesousdskleatlan43.5 at3 rn Both pondNo. 2and be lluHil be impatd
bytheroad constiucion. A]oftheareclssfiedathesndardsisifivity leveL
ConridrO3
* Link 031 has five pords on the east side lcoed as mard in thehots mitn one is at ie
stauxard level, two ate atthe subcrical and t a atthe crial level. Three ofthese ponds
would be impacted by the roand casrtict The large village pom and a niall pond at
Unawa(n 93.8) wuld beavoided ythebfab
* Link 033 has one wel lated on the west side at km 140 at 8 m fnm the CW with a
slandard levelAwhich would be impcEtd
C4oridorO6
* LinkO63 hasatubewellatlkm 347.7at 10m whichwould be impcted byrthe constauction.
* Link 064 hastwo ponds on the east side located atkm 3545 at 4 m and km 3635 at 6 m
both of which would be impacted PondNo.2 is at the cridcal level due to a giant teejust
opposi on dhe dher side of thex mi Theis also'well cated at km 354.7 at 10 m
disLtance.
Con idorl7
- Link 171 has apondlocatedatkm26.8at 15m fimthe edgeofthe caiageway, which
will not be a pblem andthe tube'well at km 302 is at 7m distance.
- Link l72hasonetubewellat km383 at l5mwoldnotbeaprblen.
Corddor28
* Link282hasonepondatkm49.4atlnm,whichpientsthesubacriallevel.
Link283 has onetubewell atkm 60.5 at 8 m, atxbewell atkm 64.7 and at km 65.6 both at
12 m, and asuriscewell atkm 693 at45 m.
CRosDRA1NAGE Sniucrns. A listing ofthe type of smixure (major brdes, minor bridges
and cutves) along with thei condition, gives an ndcatio of the amount of dramage atatKon and
dowstream erKsn/silon aticipatei Table 7.1 gives the nunber of Cssainage Stn,ctw
byprojectcoridor
Since no new bridges or culverts ame pnd, there shld be negligble atraton to the prent
dramage channels. No bidges will be replaced, only one to t mdres of widening will occur in
most cases. One major bridge is to be r ted on the Rupan River, at chainage 819 km on
Link 031.
In the case of culverts, some minor reconstruction may occur, and some will be
replaced especially in areas prone to flooding. Those links with the highest
impact in this indicator are 013, 033, 064, 281 and 283.
50
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts 6! ,
DLM
Table 7.1 Cross-drainage Structures in Phase I Corridors
Link Link Name Distance Minor Major Total Total Total Average
Bridges Bridges Bridges Culverts Number Crossings
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ 1~~~~~km
011 Sarkej - Sanand 12.3 0 0 0 14 14 1.14
012 Sanand- Sachana 22.9 13 0 13 18 31 1.35
013 Sachana - 11.2 2 0 2 17 19 1.70
Viramgam
031 Mehsana - Link to 21.8 6 2 8 12 20 0.92
Visnagar
032 Link to Visnagar - 13.9 3 I 4 10 14 1.01
Sidhpur
033 Sidhpur - Palanpur 28.9 I 2 3 41 44 1.52
063 Godhra - Kalol 22.8 3 0 3 16 19 0.83
064 Kalol - Halol 14.7 1 2 3 23 26 1.77
171 Kadodra - Bardoli 16.4 2 1 3 14 17 1.04
172 Bardoli - Bajipura 19.0 4 0 4 21 25 1.32
281 Rajkot - Padhari 24.1 8 0 8 39 47 1.95
282 Padhari - Dhrol 23.6 13 1 14 42 56 2.37
283 Dhrol - Link to 23.1 7 3 10 24 34 1.47
Vanthali
Total 63 12 291 366
Percentage of Total 17% 3% _______ .80% 100%
GROUND WATER RECHARGE AREAS AFFECTED. While Corridor 03 is the
only corridor which passes near (about 15-20 km away) a significant ground
water recharge area. There are no impacts since the area of road is only a small
fraction of the recharge zone.
7.2.4 Mineral Resources
SOIL AND WIND EROSION. Corridor 28 is in the driest region (0 - 500 mm
rainfall), except for two links (281 and 282) which fall just over the 500 mm
isohyet. This region experiences the longest dry season and is subject to
coastal breezes on Link 283. This, coupled with the lack of vegetative cover,
will lead to greater dust generation due to construction activities compared to
other corridors.
WATER EROSION. Construction activities are normally confined to the months
outside the monsoon season. Erosion due to rainfall will therefore occur after
construction has been completed and if the areas are not well protected. Areas
with higher rainfall will be subject to more erosion problems where earth
moving activities have occurred. Erosion problems will be further multiplied
in areas of black cotton soil where the excavation of the soil layer or its
complete burial is required. Corridor 17 stands out among the rest of the Phase
I corridors in its location within the high rainfall zone and black cotton soil
region. This corridor will experience a high impact which is long duration and
51
CdZ=11_ Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Le Associates
irreversible unless mitigated by re-vegetation activities. Due to the high
rainfall, re-vegetation should be more successful here than in the drier regions.
PITS AND QUARRIES. None of the active quarries for the Phase I corridors have
significant environmental problems nor are they predicted to have significant
environmental impacts due to the geological stability of the areas. None are
located near towns and villages. Some haul roads are unpaved and will
generate dust locally which is a temporary, short term and reversible impact.
7.2.5 Flora
No significant natural vegetation communities will be affected by the
construction or operations activities for any of the Phase I corridors. Some
minor impacts of construction may include:
TREE PLANTATIONS. Road construction activities for this project will have
varying impacts on the road side plantations. These direct impacts are of long
duration and sometimes irreversible. For the rehabilitation/ reconstruction
activities it is anticipated that trees will have to be removed anywhere from the
edge of the CW out to 7 to 10 m. In general, most of the roadside plantations
occur almost entirely within this corridor of impact and as a result high
percentage of tree removal is expected in all Phase I corridors. The location of
stretches of large trees are identified in the Hotspot Identification Matrices (see
Table 7.3 to Table 7.7) and the Hotspot Mitigation Matrices (see Table 8.3 to
Table 8.7) which recommend possible realignments to avoid them.
Corridor 01
Tree plantations occur at irregular spacing between trees and varying distances
from the CW. Most of the large trees are between 1 and 3 m from the edge of
the CW. therefore. most would be removed during the construction activities.
For Link 011 there are large tree plantations between km 11.1 and km 21.8.
For Link 012 large plantations occur between km 24 and 25 as well as km 40.
Link 013 has a stretch of large tree plantations beginning in the town of
Sachana km 47 and continuing to km 53. All are in danger of being cut down.
Corridor 03
Tree plantations occur in dense regular and multiple rows starting at 3 to 4 m
and continuing up to 20 m from the edge of the CW. Most of the tree
plantations consist of small to medium with some large trees stretching for
many kilometres on both sides of the road. A significant portion of these
would be removed in a swath of about 3 to 7 m wide while a belt of 10 to 13 m
wide would remain.
Link 031 has no stretches of large tree plantations, they are mainly small to
medium in size. Link 032 and 033 have large tree plantations beginning at km
110 in the town of Sidhpur and continuing to km 114.
Corridor 06
This corridor has only one short link of large tree plantations at the beginning
of the town of Kalol (Link 64) at km 350 which continues for 0.5 km.
52
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
La As ocates
Corridor 1 7
This corridor has long links of large tree plantations which form a green tunnel
as described below.
* Link 171 has large tree plantations beginning at km 21 and continuing for most
of the length on both sides to km 32 at beginning of Bardoli. The large tree
plantations continue on the south side to km 33.
* Link 172 has large tree plantations which begin at km 35 for 0.5 km on the north
side and again at km 37 to 38. Between km 41 and 49 they occur mostly on the
north but also on the south side for most of the length. In Bajipura at km 52
there is a short link of large trees on the north side to km 53 which is the end to
the corridor.
Corridor 28
T'his corridor has no large tree plantations along its length. Only isolated giant
trees which are described below.
Table 7.2 contains the estimated hectares of all tree sizes (small, medium and
large) which would be lost as a result of the reconstruction and for which
afforestation measures are required.
Table 7.2: Likely area of Tree Plantations-affected by construction
Corridor Link Area Total
(ha) (ha)
01. Ahmedabad - Viramgam 011 Sarkhej - Sanand 13.9 50.1
012 Sanand- Sachana 24.2
_________________________ 013 Sachana - Viramgam 12.0
03. Mehsana - Palanpur 031 Mehsana - Link toVisnagar 23.1 68.3
032 Link to Visnagar - Sidhpur 14.7
________________________ .033 Sidhpur- Palanpur 30.5
06. Lunavada - Halol 063 Godhra - Kalol 24.2 40.0
064 Kalol - Halol 15.8
17. Kadodra - Bajipura 171 Kadodra- Bardoli 17.4 37.2
.________________________ 172 Bardoli - Bajipura 19.9
28. Rajkot - Vadinar 281 Rajkot - Paddhari 25.2 62.9
282 Paddhari - Dhrol 24.1
Total 283 Dhrol - Falla 13.6 1 258.6
_ ~~Total 258.6
GREEN TUNNELS. Corridor 17 has impressive stretches of green tunnels that
are recognised locally and are advertised by a number of signboards between
km 27 to 30 on Link 171. On Link 172, there are also green tunnels on km 37
to 38 and km 42 to km 50 where the canopy begins to break open. The green
tunnel closes in again near the end of Link 172 and continues along Link 181
(not included in Phase I). The green tunnel consists mostly of large Rain trees
(Cassia siamea).
Present engineering plans call for the removal of the first row of these trees on
each side of the road. In some cases there is a second row of trees behind this
but in other cases there is only one row of trees. Either way, since the green
tunnel is formed by the over arching branches from the first row of trees, the
53
ae7=11z, Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
removal of the first row will obliterate the green tunnel. This is a significant
impact, will take a long time to be retrieved, and therefore, requires careful
consideration.
GIANT TREES. The significance of giant trees was discussed earlier. Removal
of giant trees would be a long duration impact. Most of these trees are over 50
years old and replacement would involve a long time lag, namely a
regeneration period of a "lifetime".
For the following discussion of impacts and exact kilometre location and
distance from the CW please refer to Hotspot Identification Matrices Table 7.3
to Table 7.7.
Corridor 01
Link 011 has five giant trees (three Banyan and two Neem) along the road side.
All of these are in the critical or sub-critical category.
Corridor 03
Link 033 near Palanpur has four giant Neem trees along the road side which
would be impacted by the construction but these are all at the standard level of
sensitivity.
Corridor 06
Link 063 has 11 giant trees (Neem, Gulmohar and Banyan species) all of which
are in the standard category; and,
Link 064 has 42 giant trees (Mango, Jamun, Kanji, Pipal, Tamrind Gulmohar,
Banyan and Neem species) four of which are in the sub-critical category and
three are in the critical category.
Corridor 17
Link 171 has five giant trees (Neem, Gulmohar and Pipal species) one is sub-
critical and the other four are at the standard level; and,
Link 171 has 25 giant trees (Neem, Gulmohar, Pipal, Mango and Tamarind
species) eight of them are in the sub-critical level and the rest at the standard
level.
Corridor 28
Link 281 has 11 giant trees (Banyan and Neem species); four are the sub
critical level and the rest at the standard level;
Link 282 has four gianf trees (Banyan) all are at the standard or sub standard
level; and,
Link 283 has four giant trees (Banyan) all are at the sub critical level.
FAUNA. There are no significant construction or operational impacts on fauna
as a result of this project.
ENDANGERED SPECIES. No threatened or endangered species will be affected
along any of the corridors in Phase I. No roads will be constructed through any
habitats of endangered species nor will increased traffic volumes and speeds
have any affect on endangered wildlife.
54
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
.PROTECTED AREAS. There is one protected area at a distance of about 10 km
from the Link 283, on project corridor 28. It will not be directly impacted by
the project.
7.2.6 Hotspot Identirication Matrix
Table 7.3 to Table 7.7 are called the 'Hotspot Identification Matrices' (HIM)
pinpointing all of the natural and cultural features that would be impacted by
the reconstruction. For each feature the kilometre location and distance from
the edge of CW in metres is recorded. Only plantations of large trees are
recorded by their code "3" (Large = 3, Medium = 2, Small = 1) as they are
considered to be more significant and may deserve preservation through road
realignment or design constraint. These considerations are described in the
Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Table 8.3 to Table 8.7.
7.3 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
This section focuses on the social and cultural environment directly affected by
the project roads. The impacts on each corridor were assessed using indicators
chosen to measure the scale of impacts on individuals, property and
communities. The Corridor Profiles give an overall picture of the social
environment and predominant features of each corridor. Refer to Appendix 6 of
SEA, and The Natural and Social Environment: Source Information (NDLI,
1997) for more information.
7.3.1 Human Sefflements, Units andProjectAffectedPersons
INDICATORS. Road construction and operation can have significant impacts on
human settlements, people and property located in close proximity to road
corridors. The main indicators chosen to measure the impact on human
settlements were the number of properties affected and the number of people
living and working on these properties.
The following indictors1 have been used to measure the impacts:
* the number of settlements;
* the number of affected residential properties;
* the number of affected business properties;
* the number of affected agricultural properties;
* the number of residential project affected people; and,
� the number of business project affected people.
LIKELY IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. As the preliminary design
was not completed for all the road corridors assessed in the ESR at the time of
writing, it was necessary to assume a standard width to measure the severity of
the social impacts. As a result, all properties located within the entire RoW
1 There were two indicators measured, property and units. In the above discussion,
the number of properties impacted was used, as it represents the maximum amount
of land impacted, and in some cases there were no units located on the property.
The difference between the two indicators was often marginal. Table 10.5 shows
the total number of units and properties by link for comparison.
55
a E2=X Gujarat State Highways Project- Volume 2B: ESR
Les ASSOCJ.tes
were considered impacted. This is a worse case scenario. Once the final
design is completed, it is expected the corridor of impact (Col) will be much
less than the RoW and the overall impacts on property and people will be
reduced. A great deal of the information collected during this portion of the
study has been discussed with the engineering team. Considerable effort is
being made to reduce the impacts on permanent structures and private
properties along these five road corridors.
Table 7.8 shows the total number of settlements, units, and potential project
affected persons (PAPs) for each corridor. Additionally, the tables show the
settlements which have a critical number of PAPs and require a Resettlement
Action Plan.
In order to give a detailed and coherent description of the impacts, indicators
were combined for the discussion. It was considered these indicators are inter-
related and it would be repetitious to discuss them separately. The RAP
discusses the impacts on individual people and property in much greater detail
(see Chapter 10).
Corridor 01 Sarkej to Viramgam (Links 011, 012, 013)
Corridor 01 is 47.7 km long and has a RoW of 30 m. More details are given in
the Corridor Profiles in Appendix 3. The road is to be widened to a 10 m
pavement in the second year of the project and there is one proposed bypass at
Sachana, which will require further environmental assessment, as it is a
completely new road alignment. Table 7.9 gives the summary of social impacts
by link.
Link 011 begins in the town of Sarkhej, a fairly congested semi-urban area on
the fringe of Ahmedabad. There are seven residential properties and 19
business properties, with a total of 82 PAPs that may be impacted. The road
then passes through the villages of Shantipura with three residential and 18
PAPs, and Telav with two residential properties and eight business properties, a
total of 29 PAPs affected. Sanand is the next settlement located from chainage
22 to 24 km and has a fairly congested strip where up 35 business may be
impacted but only three residential properties. There are a total of 91 PAPs
impacted in Sanand.
For Link 012 there are a total number of 18 residential properties and 15 units,
66 business properties and 60 units and two agricultural properties with a total
of 258 PAPs impacted by the project.
Link 012 begins in Sanand and passes through the village of Chharodi (km 35)
where 15 residential properties (including a row of railway quarters) are
impacted. Link 012 has a total of 17 residential properties and 10 units, 14
business properties and units and 131 potential PAPs.
Sachana, at km 47, is a small village with a very constrained RoW. There are
five residential properties, and 14 business properties impacted. The road
passes close to a temple at the north end of the village but there is no scope for
widening at that point because the railway line is directly adjacent to the road.
There are 59 PAPs in Sachana.
Link 013 has a total number of five residential properties and four units, 19
business properties and units and a total of 70 PAPs impacted.
56
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts A
lea Associates
Table 7.3 Hotspot Identification Matrix Corridor 01: Sarkhej to Viramgam
Links 011, 012 and 013
South North
Tree Size Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Internal Natural Cultural Distance Tree Size Settlement Sensitivity
from CW Environment Environment (kmp) (km) Environment Environment from CW
(m) (m)
10.800 Beginning of Sarkhcj
3 12 Shrine 11.100 0.300 3 Sub-Critical
3 12.000 0.900 3 End of Sarkhej Sub-Critical
3 2 G.Tree (Banyan) 14.650 2.650 3 Critical
3 2 Shrine G.Tree (Banyan) 14.900 0.250 3 Sub-Critical
3 17.600 2.700 Pond 12 3 Critical
3 17.700 0.100 Temple i 3 Critical
3 3 Shrine G.Tree (Neem) 17.750 0.050 Temples (2) 12 3 Critical
3 1 G.Tree 19.800 2.050 3 Sub-Critical
3 21.800 2.000 G.Tree (Banyan) Temple 1.5 3 Beginning of Sanand Critical
22.700 0.900 Shrine 12 Sub-Standard
22.925 0.225 Shrine 10.3 Sub-Standard
23.100 0.175 Pond 6 Standard
3 23.925 0.825 Shrine 12 3 Sub-Critical
3 24.275 0.350 Temple 10 3 End of Sanand Sub-Critical
3 24.450 0.175 Shrine 3.5 3 Sub-Critical
3 7 Shrine 24.950 0.500 Standard
4 Shrine 26.700 1.750 Standard
34.950 8.250 Effluent Channel Standard
35.400 0.450 Surface Tank 8 Sub-Standard
39.200 3.800
3 40.050 0.850 Standard
12 Pond 41.800 1.750 Sub-Standard
3 Well 43.500 1.700 Sub-Critical
46.700 3.200 Shrine 1.5 Standard
46.825 0.125 1 _ 1 3 lBeginning of Sachana Critical
jujarat State Higluways Project-Volume 28: t-SH
Lea Associates
South North
Tree Size Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Size Settlement Sensitivity
from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (k m) Environment Environment from CW
___ (nm) _____ _(in) ________
3 7.2 Shrine 47.125 0.300 3 Critical
3 l Temple 47.300 0.175 3 End of Sachana Critical
47.500 0,200 Pond 5 Standard
3 48.650 1.150 3 Standard*
3 50.000 1.350 3 Standard*
3 4 Shrine 51.200 1.200 3 Standard*
3 4 Shrine 53.350 2.150 Standard
58
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lea Associates
Table 7.4 Hotspot Identification Matrix Corridor 03: Mehsana to Palanpur
Links 031, 032 and 033
West East
Tree Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (kim) Environment Environment from CW Size
(im) (m)
76.000
82.500 6.500 Pond 2 Standard
88.430 5.930 Pond 8 Sub-Standard
92.800 4.370 Pond S Beginning of Unawa Critical
is Dargah 93.500 0.700 Critical
93.800 0.300 Pond 2 Critical
1.5 Mosque 93.900 0.100 Shrine 8 Critical
94.100 0.200 Shrine 6 End of Unawa Critical
95.200 1.100 G.Tree 2 . Standard
96.900 1.700 Pond 4 Standard
97.000 0.100 _ Beginning of Unjha
98.500 1.500 End of Unjha
100.350 1.850 Temple 6 Sub-Critical
15 Temple 102.700 2.350 Sub-Standard
110.000 7.300 Beginning of Sidhpur Sub-Standard
3 110.500 0.500 Standard
3 111.100 0.600 Shrine 5 Sub-Critical
3 2 Shrine 111.600 0.500 Shrine 6 3 Critical
3 0 Shrine 111.900 0.300 3 Critical
3 112.000 0.100 3 Sub-Critical
3 112.300 0.300 Shrine 5 3 Sub-Critical
3 113.800 1.500 3 End ofSidhpur .Standard
130.000 16.200
132.300 2.300 3 Standard
136.100 3.800 3 G.Trec (Neem) 2 Standard
138.500 2.400 G.Tree (Neem) 2 Standard
139.500 1.000 Beginning of Palanpur Sub-Standard
8 Well 140.600 1.100 Standard
(ujarat state Highlways Project-Volume 28: tSH
Lea Associates
Table 7.5: Hotspot Identification Matrix Corridor 06: Godhra to Halol
Links 063 and 064
East West .
Tree Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (kim) Environment Environment from CW Size
(im) _ _ __(in m)__ _
335.000
0 G.Tree 342.800 7.800 Standard
343.500 0.700 G.Tree(Neem) I Standard
344.900 1.400 G.Tree(Neem) 6 Standard
2 G.Tree (Neem) 345.100 0.200 Standard
0 Nursery 346.100 1.000 Sub-Critical
346.800 0.700 3, G.Tree I Standard
(Gulmohar)
347.730 0.930 Tube Well 10 Sub-Standard
348.450 0.720 G.Tree (Banyan) I Standard
349.500 1.050 3, G.Tree (Banyan) 3 Standard
350.090 0.590 G.Tree (Mango) I 3 Beginning of Kalol Sub-Critical
350.210 0.120 G.Tree (Jamun) I 3 Sub-Critical
350.430 0.220 G.Tree (Jamun) I Standard
350.590 0.160 G.Tree (Kanji) I Standard
0 G.Tree 350.700 0.110 Standard
0 G.Tree 350.800 0.100 2, G.Tree (Kanji) 2 Sub-Critical
351.030 0.230 G.Tree (Kanji: 2, I Standard
Pipal)
4, G.Tree 351.200 0.170 Standard
351.300 0.100 G.Tree (Mango) I Standard
60
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lea Associate.
East West
Tree Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (kim) Environment Environment from CW Size
___ (in) ____ (in) m
351.550 0.250 G.Tree (Tamrind) 2 End of Kalol Standard
352.390 0.840 G.Tree (Gulmohar) 2 Standard
353.040 0.650 6, G.Tree 3 Standard
353.900 0.860 G.Tree (Banyan) 5 Standard
354.160 0.260 G.Tree 2 Standard
354.360 0.200 G.Tree (Neem) S Standard
4 Pond 354.500 0.140 Standard
10 Well 354.700 0.200 Beginning of Delol Sub-Standard
4 2, G.Tree 355.100 0.400 End of Delol Standard
2 G.Tree (Pipal) 355.900 0.800 Standard
0 G.Tree 356.420 0.520 G.Tree (Neem) I Standard
356.820 0.400 G.Tree (Gulmohar) I Standard
362.400 5.580 Beginning of Vejalpur Critical
362.730 0.330 G.Tree (Neem) I Critical
362.900 0.170 G.Tree (Neem) I Critical
6 Pond 363.500 0.600 G.Tree (Neem) I Critical
364.200 0.700 End of Vejalpur
2 G.Tree 371.200 7.000 Standard
371.800 0.600 3, G.Tree I Standard
12 G.Tree 371.900 0.100 Sub-Standard
5 G.Tree (Pipal) 372.500 0.600 . Sub-Standard
ouiJaiat boalu "lgiways i-foject-vowmal zd. t:,ak
Lea Associates
Table 7.6 : Hotspot Identification Matrix Corridor 17: Kadodra to Bajipura
Links 171 and 172
North South _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I'ree Distance CulNural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (kmp) k m Environment Environment from CW Size
(in) .(in) __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
17.400 Kadodra
20.120 2.720 Canal 10 Standard
21.570 1.450 G.Tree (Gulmohar) I 3 Standard
24.000 2.430 3 Standard
3 13 Step Well 26.700 2.700 Critical
3 15 Pond 26.800 0.100 Standard
3 27.600 0.800 Standard
3 28.300 0.700 G.Tree (Gulmohar) 1 3 Sub-Critical
3 29.000 0.700 3 Sub-Critical
3 7 Tube Well 30.200 1.200 Sub-Critical
3 32.000 1.800 3 Beginning of Bardoli Sub-Critical
32.200 0.200 G.Tree (Neem) i 3 Sub-Critical
33.000 0.800 3 Standard
33.180 0.180 G.Tree (Neem) 3 Standard
33.280 0.100 G.Tree (Pipal) I__ End of Bardoli Standard
62
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lea Assoclates
East West
T1ree Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (kim) Environment Environment from CW Size
(.. __ _ __ ____ ()
34.940 1.660 G.Tree (Pipal) I Standard
3 35.080 0.140 G.Tree (Gulmohar) I Sub-Critical
3 35.280 0.200 G.Tree (Gulmohar) I Sub-Critical
35.700 0.420
35.970 0.270 G.Tree (Mango) 1 3 Standard
36.100 0.130 G.Tree (Mango) I Standard
3 36.900 0.800 G.Tree (Mango) I Sub-Critical
3 37.390 0.490 G.Tree (Mango) I S ub-Critical
3 38.100 0.710 G.Tree (Tamarind) I Sub-Critical
I5 Tube Well 38.280 0.180 G.Tree (Pipal) I Standard
3.5 3, G.Trees 38.490 0.210 G.Tree (Neem, I Sub-Critical
Pipal)
39.810 1.320 G.Tree (Neem) I Standard
40.000 0.190
3 41.060 1.060 G.Tree (Neem) 1 Sub-Critical
3 2 3, G.Tree 44.700 3.640 * Standard
3 47.630 2.930 G.Tree (Necim) I 3 Sub-Critical
3 47.700 0.070 G.Tree (Tamarind) 1 3 Sub-Critical
3 48.000 0.300 3 Sub-Critical
3 49.000 1.000
OiUJdidt ;ldltE i ligu>wdyz, t-lu)eXt-Vulumveat.t_f
tea Associates
East West
'ITree Distance Cultural Natural Chainage Interval Natural Cultural Distance TIree Settleinenit Sensitivity
Size from CW Environment Environment (k mp) (k m) Environment Environment from CW Size
(in) (nm)
______ __________ 49.220 0.220 G.Tree (Neem) I Standard
50.020 0.800 G.Tree (Gulmohar) I Standard
50.180 0.160 G.Tree (Tamarind) I Standard
50.460 0.280 G.Tree (Tamarind) 2 Standard
52.000 1.540
3 52.430 0.430 G.Tree (Tamarind) I Beginning of Bajipura Sub-Critical
3 53.000 0.570 Standard
64
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
lea Associates
Table 7.7: Hotspot Identification Matrix Corridor 28: Rajkot to Falla
Links 281, 282 and 283
South North = _ .
Tree Distance Cultural Natuiral Environment Chainage Interval Natural Environment Cultural Distance Tree Settlement Sensitivity
(m) (km) (km) (Lu)
3.000
12 Shrine 3.200 0.200 End of Raikot Sub-Standard
8 Shrine 5.400 2.200 Sub-Standard
6.645 1.245 Dargab I Critical
13.750 7.105 Arch. Structure 12 Critical
6 G.Tree (Banyan) 16.350 2.600 G.Tree (Neem) 2 Sub-Critical
5 G.Tree (Banyan) 16.475 0.125 Standard
5 G.Tree (Banyan) 16.500 0.025 Standard
8 G.Tree (Neem) 16.625 0.125 Standard
16.700 0.075 G.Tree (Neem) 6 Standard
16.800 0.100 G.Tree (Neem) 6 Standard
16.900 0.100 G.Tree (Neem) 6 Standard
21.150 4.250 G.Tree (Neem) I Mota Rampar Sub-Critical
21.200 0.050 G.Tree (Neem) Temple 12 Mota Rampar Sub-Critical
7.2 Shrine G.Trce (Banyan) 40.350 19.150 Standard
48.875 8.525 Shrine 4 Standard
G.Tree (Banyan) 49.825 0.950 Standard
G.Tree (Banyan) 49.850 0.025 Standard
49.950 0.100 G.Tree (Banyan) 8 Sub-Standard
I G.Tree (Banyan) 50.000 0.050 Beginning of Dhrol Sub-Critical
50.200 0.200 G.Tree (Banyan) 2 Sub-Critical
3 3 G.Tree (Banyan) 50.300 0.100 Sub-Critical
50.425 0.125 G.Tree (Banyan) 4 3 End of Dhrol Sub-Critical
60.525 10.100 Tube Well 8 Sub-Standard
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assocates
Table 7.8: Summary Table of Likely Social Impacts by Corridor
Corridor Residential Properties Business Properties Agricultural PAPs
Plots Units Plots Units Properties
01 40 29 99 93 2 459
03 35 32 150 130 22 656
06 26 23 31 27 9 275
17 6 5 3 2 11 108
28 36 30 16 14 49 543
Total 143 119 299 266 93 2,041
Corridor 03 Mehsana to Palanpur (Links 031, 032, 033)
A general description of the Mehsana to Palanpur corridor is given in the
Corridor Profiles in Appendix 3. The RoW is 60 m wide with the exception of
the section between km 94 to 97 and through the urban settlements of Unawa,
Unjha, and Palanpur, where the RoW is 45 m. (Refer Table 7.10)
Link 031 begins at km 76 outside Mehsana. At km 86 near the village of
Bhandu, 11 business properties are impacted and three agricultural properties,
affecting 41 PAPs. Before the town of Unawa, eight more business properties
and 21 PAPs are impacted. The RoW through Unawa (km 93) is congested and
constrained as a result of several buildings, temples and the curve in the road.
There are 11 residential properties, 33 business properties and 10 agricultural
properties within the locality of the town that are impacted, with a total of 195
PAPs.
Link 031 has a total of 12 residential properties and eight units, 51 business
properties and 41 units, 13 agricultural properties and 257 PAPs impacted by
the road widening.
The village of Unjha (chainage 98 km) has some encroachments, several
mobile vendors and some squatters located within the RoW. In order to allow
room to widen this urban section to four lanes, requiring a 60 m RoW, all these
illegal inhabitants and operators will have to be moved. The bus station and the
area around it currently have severe drainage problems during the monsoons.
There is scope to improve the drainage and infrastructure in this area during the
design phase. There are 16 business properties and four agricultural properties
and 57 PAPs impacted in Unjha
At the village of Sidhpur (98 km), the road is currently divided by a concrete
median but is not four lanes wide. There is room for four lanes in this town
with moderate impacts. There are nine residential properties, 29 business
properties, four agricultural properties and a total of 90 PAPs impacted in
Sidhpur. Link 032 ends and Link 033 begins within Sidhpur. There are eight
residential properties and units impacted in Link 032, and 16 business
properties and 14 units and four agricultural properties with a total of 105
PAPs.
66
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lea Assoclates
Table 7.9: Summary of Likely Social Impacts by Link, Corridor 01: Sarkhej to Viramgam
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Settlement Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs Level' (RAP)
Oil 10.8 12 Urban Sarkhej 7 19 0 82
011 12 14 Rural 0 0 2 12
011 14 14.1 Rural Shantipura 3 0 0 18
Oil 14.1 17.2 Rural 0 3 0 6
Oil 17.2 17.8 Urban Telav 2 8 0 29
011 17.8 21.8 Rural 3 1 0 20
Oil 21.8 24 Urban Sanand 3 35 0 91
Sub Total 18 66 2 258
012 24 24.2 Urban Sanand 0 l 0 2
012 24.2 35.4 Rural 2 8 0 29
012 35.4 35.6 Rural Chharodi 15 0 0 90 Critical
012 35.6 46.825 Rural 0 5 0 10
012 46.825 47 Urban Sachhana 0 0 0 0 Criticat
Sub Total 17 14 0 131
0113 |47 I 47.5 | Urban Sachhana 5 14 0 59 Critical
013 | 475 58.5 Rural . 0 5 0 10
Sub Total 5 19 0 70
Total 40 99 2 459
Notes: 1/ Critical: Settlements wvhere permanent (pucca) structures may be impacted Mitigation: Engineers ,vill move alignment to avoid structures. RAP being preparedfor alifive corridors.
Lea Assoclates
Table 7.10: Summary of Likely Social Impacts by Link, Corridor 03: Mehsana to Palanpur
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Settlement Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs lIevel'(RAP1)
031 76 86 Rural 0 1 1 3 41
031 86 86.2 Rural Bhandu 0 0 0 0
03i 86.2 . 92.8 Rural I 7 0 21
031 92.8 94 Urban Unawa 8 27 6 140 Critical
031 94 98 Rural 3 6 4 55
Sub Total 12 51 13 257
032 98 99 Urban Unjha 0 4 0 8
032 99 III j Rural 0 12 4 49
032 III 112 Urban Sidhpur 8 0 0 48 Critical
Sub Total 8 16 4 105
033 112 113.5 Urban Sidhpur I 1 7 0 42 Critical
033 113.5 139.5 Rural 4 55 5 169
033 139.5 141.2 Urban Palanpur 10 II 0 83
Sub Total 15 83 5 293
_T otal 35 150 22 656
Notes: I/ Cr itical: Settlemenis where permantent (tpucca) structures may be impacted Mitigation: Engineers illmi move alignment to avoid struictires. R4P being preparedfor allfive corridors.
68
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
eieaAssociates
Table 7.11 Summary of Likely Social Impacts by Link, Corridor 06: Godhra to Halol
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Settlement Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs Level'(RAP)
063 350 350.4 Urban Kalol I I 0 8
063 350.4 354 Rural 0 2 0 4
063 354 354.7 Urban Dehol 0 0 0 0
063 354.7 362.4 Rural l 2 4 34
063 362.4 364.2 Urban Vejalpur 20 7 0 135 Critical
063 364.2 372 Rural I l 2 20
063 372 373 Urban Godhra 0 l 0 2
Sub Total 23 14 6 203
064 335 348.7 Rural 2 4 3 38
064 348.7 350 Urban Kalol 1 13 0 33
Sub Total 3 17 3 72
Total 26 31 9 275
Notes: 1/ Critical: Settlements where permanent (pucca) structures may be impacted Atitigation: Engineers iiill move alignnient to avoid structutres. RAP being preparedfor allftve corridors.
Lea Associates
72=
Table 7.12 Summary of Likely Social Impacts by Link, Corridor 17: Kadodra to Bajipura
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Name Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs ( )evel(RAP)
171 17.4 32 Rural 2 l 1 20
171 32 34 Urban Bardoli 0 0 . 0
Sub Total 2 1 1 20
172 34 35 Urban Bardoli 0 0 0
172 35 52 Rural 4 2 10 88
172 52 53 Urban Bajipura 0 0 0
Sub Total 4 2 10 88
Total 6 3 I 108
Notes: 1/ Critical: Settlements wphere permanent (pucca) structures may be impacted Mitigation: Engineers ,vill move alignment to avoid structures. RAP being preparedfor allfive corridors.
70
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Lea Associates
Table 7.13: Summary of Likely Social Impacts by Link, Corridor 28: Rajkot to Falla
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Name Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs Level'(RAP)
281 3 4 Urban Rajkot 0 1 1 8
281 4 5 Rural 0 l 6 38
281 5 5.3 Rural Madhadpar 0 2 1 10
281 5.3 7 Rural 0 l 1 8
281 7 7.2 Rural Ganteshwar I 0 1 12
281 7.2 20.9 Rural 7 0 5 72
281 20.9 21.6 Urban Mota Rainpar 19 1 2 128 Critical
281 21.6 27 Rural 0 l 5 32
281 27 27.6 Rural Paddhari 0 0 0 0
281 27.6 29 Rural l 2 6 46
Sub Total 28 9 28 355
282 29 40.5 Rural 0 I 5 32
282 40.5 40.9 | Rural Liyara 3 l 4 44
Sub Total 3 2 9 76
LJL \\n
Lea Associates
Link Ch From Ch. To Location Name Residential Business Agricultural Number of Sensitivity
Plots Plots Plots PAPs I.evel'(RAP)
283 50.0 50.8 Urban Dhrol 2 3 0 18
283 50.8 53.7 Rural 2 0 0 12
283 53.7 54.0 Rural Vankiya 0 0 2 12
283 54.0 62.2 Rural I 0 0 6
283 62.2 63.0 Urban 0 0 3 18
Sub Total 3 2 9 76
Total 31 11 37 431
Notes: 1/ Critical: Settlements wvhere permanent (pucca) structures may be impacted Mitigation: Engineers ivill move alignment to avoid structures. RAP being preparedfor allfive corridors.
72
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Le Assocates
In Link 033 between Sidhpur and Palanpur there are 55 business properties,
five agricultural properties, four residential properties and 169 PAPs impacted.
Outside Sidhpur, there are spice gardens and plant nurseries located within the
RoW on the east side of the road at 105 km, 113 km and 130 km respectively.
These are run by the Government (Conservator of Forests) and will need to be
relocated.
At Palanpur there are 10 residential properties, 11 business properties and 83
PAPs impacted. Link 33 has a total of 15 residential properties, 83 business
properties, five agricultural properties and 293 PAPs affected by the project.At
the crossroads of many of the intersections along this corridor mobile vendors
are located within the RoW. In most cases the vendors will be able to shift
their operations and continue to carry out their business relatively near their old
location.
Corridor 06 Godlhra to Halol (Links 063, 064)
These two links form half of the Lunawada to Halol corridor. The existing
RoW is 30 m and the proposed treatment is a 10 m pavement in the second year
of the project. (Refer Table 7.11)
Link 063 begins outside the town of Godhra. The small village of Vejalpur has
20 residential properties and seven business properties impacted with
potentially 135 PAPs affected. These residential units are in close proximity to
the RoW. The road passes through the village of Dehol and Kalol with very
few potential impacts. The total impacts for Link 063 are 23 residential
properties and 20 units, 14 business properties and 11 units, six agricultural
propertiies and 203 PAPs.
Link 064 begins at the town of Kalol. Within the town the bus depot will be
redesigned and drainage improved. There are a number of mobile vendors
lining the east side of the road in the centre of the town that will need to be
relocated if they cannot return to their existing location. This depends on the
engineering designs that are not completed at this point in time. Only one
residential and one business property are impacted in Kalol. Between Kalol
and Halol there are no properties impacted. At Halol there is an existing
bypass, that will be reconstructed, on an existing road alignment. This road
passes Halol on the west side, through Gujarat Industrial Development
Corporation (GIDC) industrial area.
The total impacts for Link 64 are 3 residential properties and units, 17 business
properties and 16 units, 3 agricultural properties and 72 PAPs.
Corridor 17 Kadodra to Bajipura (Links 171, 172)
These two links form half of the Kadodra to Songadh Corridor one of the main
east-west transportation routes to Maharashtra. The links are a total of 35.6 km
long and have a RoW for the most part of 30 m, but in some areas it is 45 m.
The road is to be widened to 10 m in the second year of the project. (Refer
Table 7.12)
There are very few impacts on property along this corridor. Link 171 begins at
17.4 km and between there and the end of the link, at the town of Bardoli there
73
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assoejatee
are a total of two residential properties and one unit, and one business and one
agricultural property, with a total of 20 PAPs.
Link 172, begins at Bardoli at km 34. Between there and the end of the link in
Bajipura at km 53, there are four residential properties and units, two business
properties and one unit and 10 agricultural properties, with a total of 88 PAPs.
Corridor 28 Rajkot to Vanthii (Link 281,282,283)
This corridor is an important link to the growing industrial areas of Rajkot and
Jamnagar. The length of the project road corridor is 63 km and it is the first 3
links of a total of six links ending in Khambalia. The existing RoW is 30 m
and the road will be widened to 10 m in the second year of the project. There is
an existing bypass around Paddhari that the project road follows and there is a
future bypass proposed at Dhrol. (Refer Table 7.13)
Link 281 begins at km 3 in Rajkot and passes through the villages of Madhapar
and Ganteshwar having few impacts with the exception of approximately 10
agricultural properties. At the village of Mota Rampar, there are 26 residential
properties, seven agricultural properties and one business property, as well as
200 PAPs impacted by the road. After Paddhari, there is one residential
property, three business properties and 11 agricultural properties with a total of
78 PAPs. Link 281 has a total of 28 residential properties and 23 units, nine
business properties and units, 28 agricultural properties and 355 PAPs impacted
by the road.
Link 282 passes through the villages of Liyara and Dhrol. At Liyara there are
three residential properties, one business, and four agricultural properties with a
total of 44 PAPs. Dhrol, where the links change, has 28 PAPs with two
residential properties, five businesses and one agricultural property.
Link 283 leaves Dhrol and passes through the village of Vankia and Falla. The
link has a total of five residential properties, three business properties and 11
agricultural properties, with a total of 102 PAPs.
IMPACT OF SEVERANCE ON HUMAN SETTLEMENTS. Although the amount of
traffic and the speed of traffic is likely to increase throughout the road
corridors, the traffic projections and the modelling exercises have shown that
the increases in traffic volumes in the future will not merit any four lane
sections (barring one) to be constructed. Although there are parking and
service lanes in the urban areas, the traffic will be travelling slower in these
areas. Road safety mitigation measures suggested in the SEA will be
incorporated into the design of the five corridors of the ESR and some of these
measures will make crossing the road safer and easier (medians in the centre of
the road, signage for school zones). As a result the impact of severance on
communities will not be significant and community interaction across the
project roads will continue as before.
7.3.2 Land Acquired
INDICATORS. The following indicators were chosen to measure the impact on
property:
* the amount of residential property; and,
* the amount of business property.
74
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts er
Lt,Associates
The amount of agricultural land is not included as one of the indicators for the
following reason. There are numerous agricultural encroachments, where
properly owners have extended planting their crops into the RoW by several
metres. However this is an illegal practise and people will not normally be
compensated for this land. On the other hand if a business or residential
property was potentially impacted by the project, the total plot was included in
the survey. As the details of land acquisition (for minor changes, and correction
in the road alignment) requirement were available only after the engineering
design had been completed, the properties affected on this count were not
covered in the Census. However, an estimate of such properties is provided in
Chapter 10. These properties will be surveyed, on notification for land
acquisition, under section 4 of the Land Acquisition Act.
IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. The plot area is the total amount of
land required and the built up area is the foot print of the structure on the plot.
On the whole, the impacts are fairly moderate for all project corridors.
Corridor 17 has very few properties required, but one large scrap yard is
located within the RoW, and therefor the amount of land is high for that
corridor, but it is only one property. The total amount of business land to be
acquired is 20,000 m2 or 2.0 ha and the total amount of residential land to be
acquired is 12,000 m2 or 1.2 ha. The total area of lanid to be acquired for the
five corridors is 3.2 ha.
Table 7.14 shows the area of residential and commercial property existing
within a band width of 30m (60m in case of Corridor 03), which are likely to be
impacted by the project along each of the five corridors.
Table 7.14: Area of Assets Likely to be Impacted by Corridor
Corridor Business property (m2) Residential property (m2) Total
Plot Area Built Area Plot Area Built Area Plot Area Built
Area
01 4,081 1,160 1,769 743 5,050 1,903
03 10,450 3,433 2,530 1,772 12,800 5,205
06 618 276 3,488 1,342 4,106 1,618
17 3,015 306 880 100 3,895 406
28 2,370 1,010 3,433 1,045 5,803 2,055
Total 20,534 6,185 12,100 5,002 31,654 11,187
7.3.3 Other Assets
Assets were another indicator used to measure the impact of the road corridor
on the social environment. The types of assets lost included crops, trees,
structures other than residential and building units, wells and other water
sources, as well as community assets.
Assets that fall into the category of water sources such as wells and tanks, have
been discussed in the previous section on the natural environment. Other assets
lost as a result of the project are discussed in the RAP.
75
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
4ee Asoiates
7.3.4 Sensitive Community Facilities
INDICATORS. Other indicators used to measure the impacts on the social
environment were the numbers of sensitive community facilities or institutions
affected by the project. These indicators include:
* the number of educational institutions;
* the number of health facilities; and,
* the number of recreational facilities.
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. There are no sensitive community
facilities located within the RoW that are directly impacted by the construction
of the project roads. There are some educational facilities located along the
various road corridors, such as schools, but none are directly affected by
construction.
IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATIONS. A number of educational facilities are located
adjacent to the project roads. Their locations have been noted on the strip
maps. The impact of the increased traffic and traffic speeds will require
mitigation in the way of road safety measures. This is discussed in the SEA and
the EMAP.
7.3.5 Vulnerable Groups
INDICATORS. The indicators used to measure the impacts on vulnerable groups
of the general population are Scheduled Tribal (ST), Scheduled Castes (SC)
and Women Headed Households. A summary table and brief discussion is
provided below. Section 10.7 has more details on the impact of the project on
vulnerable groups.
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. The total number of vulnerable PAPs
impacted by the projects is 261 out of a total of 502 PAPs surveyed or 51%.
Table 7.15 summarises the distribution and concentration of project affected
vulnerable groups by corridor. However only 35% of households with incomes
below the poverty line only 32% fell in to the Scheduled Caste or Scheduled
Tribal category.
Table 7.15: Distribution and Concentration of
Vulnerable Groups among the Households Surveyed
Corridor SC ST Households Below Women Headed TVGHH Total %
Poverty Line Households Surveyed TVGHH
Total Non Total Non PAPs
______ ______ SC,ST SC.ST
01 55 13 28 16 4 2 86 139 62
03 45 8 76 48 6 2 103 197 52
06 7 l 19 14 0 0 22 66 33
17 1 l 6 6 1 l 9 13 69
28 10 6 31 25 0 0 41 91 46
Totals 118 29 160 109 1 1 5 261 506 52
Notes: TVGHH-Total Vulnerable Group Households
Schteduled Tribes
There were a total of 29 tribal households surveyed as PAPs, which is less than
2% of the total PAPs. Half of the women headed households surveyed were
76
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts
Le AAssoates
from tribal households. On all the corridors the tribal population of PAPs was
less than 1%. Of the total vulnerable PAPs surveyed, Corridor 01 had 15%
PAPs who were tribal households, the other four corridors had less than 10%
who were tribal households. As a result of these findings, it was decided that
an Indigenous Population Plan focusing on tribal people is not warranted on
any of the Phase I roads. As is discussed in the SEA, the tribal population does
not stand out as being any more vulnerable than other groups in society.
Scheduled Castes
There were a total of 118 Scheduled Caste households surveyed, which is 23%
of the total number of PAPs surveyed. Of all the vulnerable PAPs, Scheduled
Castes made up 45% of the total, with Corridor 01 and Corridor 03 having 63%
and 44% respectively. Corridor 06 had 31%, Corridor 17 had 11% and
Corridor 28 had 24% Scheduled Castes of the total vulnerable groups surveyed.
Women Headed Households
The total number of women headed households in the project corridors who
own property (or at least were interviewed as the head of the household during
the Census) was twelve, out of a total of 502 households. This is just over 2%
of the total number of properties surveyed. Corridor 01 and Corridor 03 have
five and six respectively, of women headed households. Link 172, on Corridor
17 contains one other women headed household.
7.3.6 Sensitive Cultural Heritage Features
INDICATORS. Other indicators of impacts on the social and cultural
environment are the numbers of shrines, temples and any archaeological,
heritage or cultural sites located within or directly adjacent to the RoW. The
indicators adopted were:
* the number of shrines;
* the number of temples; and,
* the number of archaeological, heritage or cultural sites. (There are no
archaeological, heritage features directly impacted by this project. However, due
to their importance they are treated separately).
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. Please refer to the HIM Table 7.3 to Table
7.7 that lists the location of the shrines and temples in relation to the distance
they are located from the CW and categorises the impact on them as critical,
sub-critical, standard and sub-standard.
Shrines and Temples
Corridor 01 Sarkej to Viramgam (Links 011, 012, 013)
* In Link 011, there is one shrine located in Sarkhej. It is 12 m from the CW and
is ranked as sub-critical.
* On the stretch of highway between Sarkhej and Sanand, there are two shrines
and three temples. All of the temples and one shrine, which is located on the
south side of the road across from one of the temples, are ranked as critical.
There is a bottleneck between the shrine, which is 3 m away from the CW and
two of the temples, which are 12 m from the CW.
* In Sanand there is one temple (associated with a Giant Banyan tree), located 1.5
m from the CW. It is ranked as critical. Three other shrines are located on the
77
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assoc/,rtes
north side of the road, but are more than 10 m from the CW. Two of the three
are ranked as sub-standard and one is sub-critical.
* In Link 012 on the stretch of highway between the towns of Sanand and
Sachana, there are four shrines and one temple. The temple is ranked as sub-
critical, along with one of the shrines, both of which are located near 24 km.
The other three shrines are ranked as sub-standard.
* In Link 013 there is a shrine and a temple located in Sachana, the temple is very
close to the CW (1.5 m) and both structures are ranked as critical.
* Between the end of Sachana and the end of the project corridor there are two
more shrines located along the RoW, both 4 m from the south side of the road.
One shrine is ranked and sub-critical and the other is ranked as standard.
Corridor 03 Mehsana to Palanpur (Links 031, 032, 033)
* In Link 031, within the town of Unawa, there are two mosques on the west side
of the road, and across the road on the east side from the most northerly mosque,
there is a shrine. A second shrine is located at the northern limit of the town.
The two mosques are very close to the CW (1.5 m) while the shrines are further
away at 6 and 8 m respectively. All of these structures are ranked as critical by
the sensitivity index. Figure 7.1 is a picture of the town of Unawa.
4-
Figure 7.1: The project corridor in Unawa (Along Corridor No.3),
constrained by two sensitive religious buildings.
* In Links 032 and 033 there is a temple located at chainage 100.35 kin,
approximately 6 m from the CW, between Unjha and Sidhpur. It is ranked as
sub-critical.
* There are five shrines located within the RoW along the urban stretch within
Sidhpur. Hotspot Identification Matrix given the exact locations. These shrines
are located anywhere from 0 m to 6 m from the CW. Three of the shrines are
ranked as critical.
78
Chapter 7-Natural and Social Environment Impact Indicators and Impacts G=t
LieAssdates
Corridor 06 Godhra to Halol (Links 063, 064)
o There are no shrines, temples or cultural features located in Links 063 or 064.
Corridor 17 Kadodra to Bajipura (Links 171, 172)
. In Link 171, there is one archaeological site located at 26.7 km, between
Kadodra and Bardoli, 13 m from the CW. It is ranked as critical.
* There are no shrines, temples or cultural features located in Link 172.
Corridor 28 Rajkot to Vanthili (Links 281, 282, 283)
� In Link 281, there are two shrines located on the soudt side of the road, 8 m to
12 m from the CW, that are ranked as sub-standard.
* Between Rajkot and Mota Ranipar, there is a Dargah (Temple), very close to the
CW (I m) at 6.6 km and an archaeological structure located at 13.7, 12 m from
the CW, both are ranked as critical.
* At Mota Rampar there is a temple located on the north side of the road, 12 m
from the CW which is ranked as sub-critical.
* Between Mota Rampar and Dhrol there is one shrine located 4 m from the CW
on the north side of the road that is ranked as standard.
Sensitive Archaeological, Cultural and Heritage Features
Table 7.16 shows the number of sensitive cultural property along the thirteen
road sections of five corridors of the project. Out of the five corridors,
Corridor 01 has the highest number of cultural properties. There are few
cultural properties of any kind located on the Corridor 06 or Corridor 17.
Sacred Centres
Out of the six sacred centres within the RoW, Corridor 01 has three whereas
Corridors 06 and 17 do not have any.
Out of total of 14 sacred centres outside the RoW, Corridor 01 has the highest
number of sacred centres (nine). Corridor 28 has four sacred centres potentially
impacted. Corridors 03 and 06 do not have any sacred centres existing outside
RoW.
79
jUjdidl oWldtV i 4UJO,t-VUWJJUj 4W. 1-)Or
Lea Associates
m270
Table 7.16: Summary of Cultural Property Likely to be Affected within and adjacent to RoW (Phase I)
C'orridor Name Length Shrines Sacred Structure Sacred Centre Archaeological Villages and Cultural Property l'otal
Site Settlements
(km) within outside within outside within outside within outside within outside within outside
RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW RoW
01 Sarkhej-Viramgani 46.4 13 13 5 21 3 9 2 3 I 73
03 Mehsana-Palanpur 64.6 7 2 4 6 2 1 2 25
06 LUnavada-Halol 72.6 I 1 2 2 8
17 Kadodra-Bajipura 35.4 2 3 2 1 I 1 2 9
28 Rajkot-Vadinar 154.4 4 13 3 28 1 _ _ 4 2 3 3 75
Total 25 31 17 59 6 14 0 0 4 8 2 7 173
80
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
Le Assoia
8. MITIGATION MEASURES
8.1 Introduction
This chapter discusses mitigation measures for the project corridors. The
measures addressed are:
* co-ordination between highway design and environmental issues;
� air quality and noise;
* water resources;
* mineral resources;
* flora and fauna; and,
* social and cultural environment.
8.2 Co-ordination Between Highway Design and
Environmental Issues
Environmental issues were taken into consideration during the design phase
through discussions and co-ordination with the highway design team. The
following describes design options which were incorporated in order to
minimise impacts on the natural, social and cultural environments.
8.2.1 Overview of Road Design
Improving the project roads to current design standards (both national and
intemational) involves widening of the existing road formation. This is
undertaken to increase roadway capacity and improve safety. In rural areas, the
'widening of the project's two lane highways is generally from an existing
formation width of under 10 m to a new formation width of 12 m. This will
provide for a standard lane of 3.5 m and a 2.5 m shoulder in each direction.
The new shoulder width allows disabled vehicles to pull off the carriage way
(CW), increasing safety without impacting the roadway's capacity. Currently,
in many cases a disabled vehicle must stop on the existing CW. This represents
a significant safety hazard (particularly at night) and reduces the roadway's
capacity.
.Paving a portion of the new shoulders (1.5 m of each) also provides a low
friction surface for the movement of non-motorised traffic and slow moving
vehicles, allowing their separation from the main traffic stream in all weather
conditions. This will improve both safety and road capacity
A third aspect of the design is the provision of "clear zones". These are regions
outside the travelled lanes where it is desirable to have no hazards, obstructions
or shallow slopes, thereby allowing the recovery of a vehicle which strays from
the CW. The width of the clear zone is a function of speed. The design speed
of 80-100 km/h in rural areas results in a desirable clear zone width of 7 m.
The shoulder width is included in this (a 7 m clear zone requires 4.5 m outside
a 2.5 m shoulder). In urban areas, where the design speed is reduced to 50-60
km/h, the desirable clear zone width is reduced to 3 to 4 m.
81
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssociates
Where the provision of a full clear zone is not possible, the obstruction in
question will be protected or designed for collisions. Examples of this include
the installation of guard rail or concrete roadside barriers (CRB) around
obstructions and in the areas of high fills in rural areas and the use of breakable
mounts for signs in urban areas. In some situations, the infrastructure required
to protect an obstruction may be a greater hazard than the obstruction itself (je
a CRB will be closer to the CW, increasing the likelihood of collision and may
also impact sight lines, hiding a curve or intersection). In this circumstance it
is usually preferable to leave the obstruction unprotected. The provision of
even a substandard clear zone width in constrained areas, will, in theory, reduce
accident frequency and severity.
8.2.2 Impact on the Environment
The widening of the formation width has a significant environmental impact,
particularly on trees and shrines. There are many mature trees immediately
adjacent to the existing CW. Also, the mature trees generally occur in defined
corridors on both sides of the road. These trees are already recognised as a
safety hazard. The provision of 1.5 m paved shoulders will impact some of
these, provision of 2.5 m shoulders will impact more, and provision of clear
zones will impact a significant number of trees. Options considered to mitigate
the impact included:
* optimising the corridor of impact; by provision of retaining walls, by increasing
slope of road formation, by incorporating the desired low-speed zones, etc.
* protecting critical giant trees and shrines by the construction of retaining walls
and the installation of roadside barriers;
- delaying the removal of trees within the clear zone as much as possible, and if
possible delaying till the replanted vegetation has a chance to develop and have
meaningful value;
- constructing short corridors with roadside barriers and a reduced cross section to
attempt to retain portions of green corridors; and,
- off-setting the road alignment to attempt to retain one side of a green corridor.
This may be coupled with additional mitigation measures such as barriers or
reduced clear zones.
Offsetting the road alignment to retain a portion of a green corridor will usually
require additional RoW for the road, and relocation of the impacted drainage
ditch. The practicality of this is limited by the utilisation of the land required,
the owner's willingness to sell, the land value, impact on utilities, and the
impact of the time required to obtain the land on the construction timetable.
8.2.3 Design in Seffled Areas
Changes in the road environment also impact safety. It is desirable to reduce
speeds of vehicles approaching and passing through settled areas without
introducing significant safety hazards. Some potential measures to achieve this
include:
* Utilisation of rumble strips to increase driver alertness of an upcoming change in
environment.
. Changing the roadway surface material to increase driver alertness. Paving
stones generally provide a rougher surface than asphalt, slowing a moving
82
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
Le AAssoat.
vehicle. Also, the visual change in the colour of the roadway itself is an
identifier to the motorist of a different enviromnent.
* Roadway illumination to increase night visibility and safety.
* Modified cross sections promote lower speeds. The type of cross section will
depend on the extent and density of settlement.
Changes in cross section may be limited to paving the entire shoulder (2.5 m)
where roadside development is light. This provides additional hard surfacing
for pedestrians while maintaining simple drainage design.
Cross section design for a densely developed area may include a raised median
(to restrict crossing traffic), an additional lane in each direction (to handle
increase traffic volumes generated by the urban region), underground drainage
channels, and raised footpaths or sidewalks (to separate pedestrian traffic). The
resulting cross section, coupled with existing roadside development, produces a
confined environment and promotes lower vehicle speeds.
Other actions were considered to improve traffic flow and safety. These
included:
* Examining areas outside the RoW where improvements made to properties can
improve road conditions. These included potential sites for improving drainage,
providing off-road parking, and upgrading public sites such as bus depots.
i Upgrading of bus stops. Frequently pavements are not widened for bus stops
and in some locations the widening is utilised by waiting passengers. The result
of these circumstances is that buses frequently stop in the travelled lane to load
and unload passengers. Widening of pavement at bus stops to provide pullouts
for the bus and delineating a passenger waiting are by the utilisation of paving
stones will improve congestion and safety at bus stops
Some measures which were considered to reduce vehicle speeds have
significant impacts on safety, such as:
* Large speed bumps may result in the loss of control of a vehicle if they are not
signed and delineated properly or if the warning measures are not maintained.
Reducing the cross section width by reducing or eliminating shoulders or
tapering barriers to the edge of the CW promotes lower vehicle speeds (by
producing the impression of a confined area) but reduced shoulders and
obstacles close to the CW also are safety hazards.
8.3 Natural Environment
8.3.1 Air Quality and Noise
Mitigation measures have to be undertaken at various levels:
* for all the links under consideration for ESR;
* for critical links; and,
* for abatement of pollution due to particular pollutants.
IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. The following list gives the
mitigation measures that will be carried out in areas where significant air and
noise pollution may arise due to construction activity.
83
ZCTZ Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assa,ates
Impacts Mitigation Measures
1. Dust * Water would be sprayed during construction phase. in the lime and
earth mixing sites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporary roads. In
filling sub-grade, water spraying is needed to solidify the material.
After compacting, water will be sprayed at regular intervals to
prevent dust.
* Coal ash containing 30% or more water content will be used to
prevent the ash from dispersing, especially in warehouses and piling
yards. The coal ashes will be covered, except when they are to be
used immediately.
* Vehicles delivering materials would be covered to reduce spills.
* Asphalt mixing sites would be located more than 500 m down-wind
from any communities/ residences.
* Mixing equipment will be well sealed, and vibrating crusher
equipment would be equipped with dust-removal devices.
2. Air Pollution * Vehicles and machinery are to be regularly maintained so that
emissions conform to Gol (Central Pollution Control Board of India,
1988 and 1989)
* Asphalt mixing sites would be located more than 1 km from any
communities/ residences.
3. Noise * Noise standards of industrial enterprises will be strictly enforced to
protect construction workers from damage. Workers in vicinity of
strong noise will wear earplugs and helmets and their working time
would be limited.
* In construction sites within 150 m of residential areas, constructio-n
would be stopped between 22:00 and 6:00 hours.
: Maintenance of machinery and vehicles would be improved to keep
their noise at a minimum.
IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATIONS. The following list gives the mitigation
measures that will be carried out in areas where significant air and noise
pollution may arise due to road operations in congested or industrialised areas.
Impacts Mitigation Measure
1. Dust * Provision of adequate fill height to avoid accumulation of dust on
roadway.
- Provision of proper road surface runoff and drainage to prevent
accumulation of sand/ dust from storm water.
* Replacement of roadside tree plantations lost due to construction
and encourage new afforestation projects.
2. Pollution * Checking of vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM. RPM, Pb-
reinforce PUC Programmes.
* Monitoring air pollution and health of roadside workers.
* Afforestation programmes - Tree Plantations
3. Noise * According to monitoring results, at places with noise exceeding Gol
A and B -level noise standards, sound barriers, berms or other
measures would be installed
* Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and
noise of vehicles.
Pb, HC, NOX and CO emissions are high and measures would be taken to
reduce their effects. Vegetation will be used to reduce effects of Pb as well as
SPM emissions. Air flowing through vegetation slows down considerably to
allow particulate matter to settle and deposit on the leaves and other parts
which eventually get washed down during the rains or return to ground when
leaves are shed.
84
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
I eaAssoci,!c
Several species of trees, shrubs etc will be used as a natural sink for air
pollution. Betula verrucosa, Fagus sylvestris and Carpinus betula will be
planted to absorb sulphur dioxide from the air. Other species which will be
used as pollution resistant species for S02 are Thuja occidentalis, Citrus
sinensis, Eucalyptus globulus, Sesbania aegyptiaca, Prosopis juliflora, Tilia
cordata, Plantanus acerifolia, Azadirachta indica, Terminalia tomentosa, and
.Populus balsamifera.
IHowever the use of vegetation will have limited effect. Until state and national
standards for pollution emissions are enforced and other issues such as access
to lead free fuels, decreased congestion and improved roads become the norm,
there will continue to be serious air and noise pollution problems in the state.
]LINK 031, MEHSANA TO LINK TO VISNAGAR. The predominant land use along
Link 031 is agriculture. Industries are on one side of the road but only to a
limited extent. Settlements are in some cases abutting the road link. Vegetation
consists of small trees and shrubs. Considering the high pollution levels of the
link, plantation along the road side is therefore necessary to attenuate both air
and noise pollution.
Heavy plantations, ie a combination of large trees, medium trees and shrubs,
will be doneto achieve the dense foliage required to abate the pollution.
LINK 033, SIDHPUR TO PALANPUR. Similar to Link 031, the predominant land
use along this stretch is agriculture. Few industries are present on both sides of
the road. Large trees are present at one end of the road, but only for a limited
distance and the vegetation predominantly consists of small trees and shrubs
which do not offer pollution control. Therefore, dense plantations will be taken
up for pollution control.
The air quality monitoring programme is described in the SEA for Link 033
and will cost Rs 26,000.
LINK 064, KALOL TO HALOL. This link also has agriculture as the
predominant land use. Industries are also present. Large trees are present but
only to a limited extent. Considering the high pollution level of the link, heavy
plantations along the roadside are therefore will be taken up to abate pollution,
both air and noise.
8.3.2 Water Resources
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. The following discussion addresses Minor
Water Bodies, Cross-drainage Structures and the ground water recharge areas.
The mitigation of wells is included in the RAP under community facilities.
lMinor Water Bodies:
Corridor 01
* Link 011: for the pond at km 17.6 a retaining wall will be constructed. The
second pond at km 23.1 will have to be mitigated since the road alignment will
not be changed. The pond will require 200 m3 of excavation to replace that lost
to fill.
* Link 012 will require no mitigation measures.
a Link 013: the second pond at km 47.5 will be mitigated. The pond will require
100 m3 of excavation to replace that lost to fill.
85
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 28: ESR
Le,Assoc,ajes
Corridor 03
* Link 031: pond No. I km 82.5; pond No. 2 at km 88.4; and pond No. 5 at km
96.9 will have to be mitigated. They will require 900 m3 of excavation to
replace that lost to fill. Pond No. 3 at km 92.8 and the large village pond at km
93.8 will require no mitigation measures as the road alignment will be changed
to avoid them.
* Link 032 and Link 033 will require no mitigation measures as they contain no
ponds.
Corridor 06
Link 063 has no ponds and will require no mitigation measures.
Link 064: pond No. I at km 354.5 and pond No. 2 at 363.5 require mitigation.
Pond No. 2 is just opposite the giant Neem tree in the town of Vejalpur. It was
rated at the critical level but road realignment would remove the tree. It would
be preferable to save the giant tree. Pond No. I will require 150 m3 and pond
No. 2 will require 250 m3 of excavation.
Corridor 17
* Links 171 and 172 will require no mitigation measures.
Corridor 28
Links 281 and 283 will require no mitigation measures as there are no ponds.
Link 282 has one pond at kan 49.4 which will require 100 m3' of excavation to
replace that lost to fill.
Cross-drainage Structures: Most of the Cross-drainage Structures for the
Phase I corridors will require limited mitigation measures in terms of
minimising earth moving in the vicinity of water courses, avoiding
contamination from fuel and lubricants, as well as proper disposal of cement
and steel reinforcements.
The Rupan River Bridge on Link 031 km 81.9 will require mitigation in terms
of proper disposal of cement and steel reinforcements that will be removed as
part of the reconstruction process. The contractor will be responsible for
implementing these measures and the Environmental Management Unit (EMU)
will monitor the reconstruction.
Groundwater Recharge Areas: The negligible impacts on Link 031 as a result
of four-laning in year 5 will not require mitigation measures.
IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATION. Mitigation measures for impacts on water
resources due to operation on all Phase I corridors are similar in scope and are
described in the SEA.
MONITORING. Water quality will be monitored at the Rupan River Bridge
crossing by the EMU in co-ordination with the GPCB.
8.3.3 Mineral Resources
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. The following impacts due to construction
will impact on mineral resources.
Wind Erosion on Soil: Corridor 28 will require more dust control and re-
vegetation measures to control wind erosion and dust generation than the other
corridors.
Water Erosion on Soil: Corridor 17 which is in an area of high erosion
potential and will require re-vegetation in areas of excavation of black cotton
86
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
Lea AsesoCiates
soil. Due to the high rainfall, revegetation would be more successful here than
in the drier regions such as Corridor 28. The total area required for replanting
and reseeding is estimated to be 1,722,000 m2. An approximate cost of
reseeding the road corridors @Rs4O/m2 is Rs 68,900,000 per kilometre. Only
when construction begins will the exact figures be known as to what extent
reseeding will be required.
Pits and Quarries: Existing borrow pits within the RoW in urban/ industrial
areas which have accumulated contaminated water, waste or refuse would be
filled in.
No mitigation measures are required for existing quarries other than to ensure
the use of proper excavation techniques in ongoing operations and to ensure
they are licensed under the GPCB.
Figure 8.1 shows the Taranga Hills (Quarry), a lone granite out crop protruding
approximately 40 m above the surrounding plains. Although the material is
marketable as decorative stone panels or aggregates, this fornation would be
preserved because of its unique character and locality. Presently in use near km
59 of SH 56, around 40 km from the project Corridor 03 between Kheralu and
Taranga Hills, the quarry would not be further utilised because of its natural
beauty and unique pyramid shape.
Figure 8.1 Taranga Hill is a unique Geological Feature which would be
preserved from Future Quarrying Operations
MONITORING. Borrow pits within RoW with existing contaminiation problems
in urban and industrial areas are probably in violation of the GPCB regulations
and if licensed to R&BD would be rehabilitated by the government.
87
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
8.3.4 Flora
IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION.
Tree Plantations: Trees removed as a result of construction activities will be
replaced through compensatory afforestation through the Social Forestry
Department. The target area for replacing trees would be within the RoW
rather than in some area removed from the project corridors1. Some of the
ihmmediate areas of strip plantations within the RoW cut for construction can be
re-planted up to a safe distance of 5 to 7 m from the CW. In many cases this
will be one row of trees. The rest of the strip plantations which need to be
removed would be compensated through afforestation in areas of the RoW
within the same corridor which presently do not have any tree plantations.
Afforestation will be completed using the Integrated Forestry Development
Model (IFDM) which includes a maintenance/ monitoring programme as
described in the SEA. The two models which are appropriate for road side strip
plantations referred to as aesthetic shelter belts are called SI and S2. Model SI
wlhiclh is suitable for drier regions supported by irrigation, would be applied to
Corridors 01, 03, 06 and 28. The total cost for planting, nursery, and
maintenance over four years is Rs 32,500/ha. Model S2 which is suitable for
humid rain fed areas, would be applied to Corridor-17. The total cost for
implementing this model is Rs 28,800/ha.
Table 8.1 lists the maximum estimated number of hectares lost through
construction which will be replaced by compensatory afforestation for each
link and corridor.
The Hotspot Mitigation Matrix (Table 8.3 to Table 8.7) which lists locations of
large tree plantations is being realligned to avoid them, in consultation witlh
design team. While realignment may preserve trees on one side of the road. it
could remove more trees from the other side of road. To reduce cost for
replanting road corridor of impact width is being reduced on both sides of the
road as will be done for Corridor 17.
Green Tunnels: For Corridor 17, which has important stretches of green
tunniels (km 27 to km 30, km 37 to km 38 and km 42 to km 50), engineering
designis is taking these into in order to preserve them.
Giant trees: The hotspot Mitigation Matrix (Table 8.3 to Table 8.7) which lists
locations of giant trees and suggested locations for realignments to avoid them,
hias been given to the design team for consideration.
MONITORING. Monitoring of tree plantation will be done by the Forest
Department which is included as part of the IFDM (Government of Gujarat,
1 996a) along with a four year maintenance programme.
This is proscribed in paragraph No. 3.2 Compensatory Afforestation in the
Consolidated Guidelines for Diversion of Forest Land under the Forest
(Conservation) Act. 1980 (Revised on October 25. 1992).
88
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures c
Le& Ass
Table 8.1: Tree Plantations Saved and to be Cleared
Corridor Area Required to Area of Plantation Area to be Cleared
be cleared (ha) Saved by Design (ha) (ha)
01. Ahmedabad 50.1 5.6 44.5
- Viramgamn
03 Mehsana - 68.3 9.2 59.1
Palanpur
06. Lunavada - 40.0 4.4 35.6
Halol
117. Kadodra - 37.2 13.4 23.8
Bajipura
28. Rajkot - 62.9 9.6 53.3
Vadinar
Total 258.5 42.2 216.3
8.3.5 Fauna
No mitigation measures will be required for this component as there are no
threatened or endangered species nor protected areas which will be impacted by
the Phase I corridors.
8.3.6 Cost Summary of Mitigation Measures For Natural
Environment
Table 8.2 summarises the cost of mitigating impacts in the natural environment
for each corridor.
Table 8.2: Total Cost of Mitigation Measures for Natural Environment in
Phase I
Monitoring Mitigation Others
Corridor Air Water Pond Tree including training, Total
Quality Quality Excavation Plantations review, equipment, Cost
(000 Rs) (000 Rs) (000 Rs) (000 Rs) Institutional, etc. (000 Rs)
01. Ahmedabad 51 13 1,984 900 2,948
Viramgam
03. Mehsana- 26 45 70 4,204 1500 5,845
Palanpur
06. Lunavada- 32 1,730 900 2,662
Halol
17. Kadodra- 8 1,000 900 1,908
Bajipura
28. Rajkot - 14 1,750 900 2,664
Vadinar I_ _
Total Cost 26 96 137 10,668 5,100 16,027
8.3.7 Mitigation of Impacts on Sefflements, People, Assets and
Property
Mitigation measures developed to reduce the negative impacts on people and
property are expanded in detail in the RAP in Chapter 10. The RAP addresses
all the impacts the project roads may cause related to individual households,
89
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assoiates
business and residential structures, agricultural land and other property as well
as other assets such as crops, water sources and income that may be affected by
the relocation necessary to construct the roads.
8.4 Social and Cultural Environment
8.4.1 Mitigation of Impacts on Settlements, People, Assets and
Property
Mitigation measures developed to reduce the negative impacts on people and
property are expanded in detail in the RAP in Chapter 10. The RAP addresses
all the impacts the project roads may cause related to individual households,
business and residential structures, agricultural land and other property as well
as other assets such as crops, water sources and income that may be affected by
the relocation necessary to construct the roads.
8.4.2 Sensitive Cultural Heritage Features
Many of the cultural properties that fall adjacent to or within the RoW corridor
are used as halt points and service centres for both the local population and
visitors travelling the state. All the cultural properties located within the RoW
corridors are sensitive and there will be serious physical implications,
especially during the widening of the CW and construction work in the RoW.
Cultural heritage may be destroyed due to ignorance and inadequate attention
with regard to construction and maintenance activities. More than one third of
the total cultural properties fall within the RoW and are hazards to road safety.
It will be possible to relocate small shrines along the corridors but this is a
complex and time consuming process. The relocation process must be done
sensitively, with extensive community consultation and support regarding the
selection of relocation sites and the movement of the shrine.
The Hotspot Mitigation Matrices in Table 8.3 to Table 8.7 show the locations
of shrines and temples on the CW along each corridor and link. It identifies all
the shrines and temples that will be potentially impacted.
Most of the cultural properties that fall outside the RoW are in disrepair and
lack proper approach roads and signage. These areas have a great deal of
potential with regards to becoming attractions, where people stop their journey
to visit the site and have a break from travelling. As part of the suggested
enhancement opportunities, site plans have been drawn to show the potential of
several sites. Please see the Social and Physical Environment: A
Compendium. (NDLI, 1997c). Some of the suggested mitigation measures to
enhance the cultural properties along the road are relatively low cost and will
require little effort on the part of R&BD to initiate. Better access roads and
increased signage along State Highways are two such suggested enhancement
opportunities.
Villages and their cultural character are likely to be disturbed due to the road
developments, as they are often sensitive and fragile areas. Care should be
taken during the construction period to ensure contractors do not disturb
culturally significant features in any roadside villages.
90
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
LeASSociaes
8.4.3 Vulnerable Groups
Mitigation specific to the impacts the five road corridors will have on these
groups is discussed in the RAP in Chapter 10.
91
Lea Associates
Table 8.3 Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Corridor 01
Link 011: Sarkhej to Sanand (km 10.8 to km 24.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
11.100 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening towards north side.
* Shrine (12 m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Treatment of shrines in accordance with conservation guidelines
14.650 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening on north side
* Giant tree (2 m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
a Guard rails around trees on south side.
14.900 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening towards north side.
* Giant tree (2 m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Shrine (5 m) * South * Guard rails around trees on south side.
* Treatment of shrines in accordance with conservation guidelines
17.600 * Row of large trees on both sides Critical * Widening on south side
* Pond (12 m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Retaining wall to be constructed, for the pond, on the side facing the highway.
17.700 * Row of large trees on both sides Critical * Widening on south side
* Temple (I m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Treatment of'l'emple in accordance with conservation guidelines
17.750 * Row of large trees on both sides Critical * Widening on south side
* Temples (12 m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Giant Tree (3 m) * South * Treatment of shrine in accordance with conservation guidelines.
* Shrine (5 m) * South * Treatment of temple in accordance with conservation guidelines
* Guard rails around trees on south side.
92
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
Lea Assoclates
Chinage Descri tion of feature/s 'Direction Sensitivity Level Safetuard/ MitiLation Measure
19.800 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
21.800 * Row of large trees on both sides Critical * Widening on south side
* Temples (1.5 m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Giant Tree (1.5 m) * North * Guard rails around trees on south side
* Treatment of Temple in accordance with conservation guidelines
23.925 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Shrine (12 m) * North * Waming signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Treatment of Shrine in accordance with conservation guidelines
Link 012: Sanand to Sachana (km 24.0 to km 47.0)
.....Cham.UL De~i.rirtinn *f f~atm.rgee *n .Pndfriv*t pvi" Rafpt gird/ Mitigitinn Mpmirp
24.275 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Temple (10 m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Treatment of Temple in accordance with conservation guidelines
24.450 * Row of large trees on both sides Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Shrine (3.5 m) * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Treatment of Shrine in accordance with conservation guidelines
43.500 * Well (3 m) * South Sub-critical * Relocation of well with prior testing, for similar nature of water
46.825 * Sachana Village Critical * Bypass
* Row of large trees * North ._*
LeaAssociates
Link 013: Sachana to Viramgam (km 47.0 to km 58.5)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
47.125 * Sachana Village Critical * Bypass
* Row of large trees on both sides
* Shrine (7.2 m) * South
47.300 * Sachana Village Critical * Bypass
* Row of large trees on both sides
* Temple (I m) * South .-
94
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
L"aAssociates
Table 8.4: Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Corridor 03
Link 031: Mehsana to Link to Visnagar (km 76.0 to km 98.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
92.80 * Unawa Town * Critical * By- pass will avoid these features
* Pond (5 m) * East
93.50 * Unawa Town * Critical * By- pass will avoid these features
* Dargah (15 m) * West
93.80 * Unawa Town * Critical * By- pass will avoid these features
* Pond (2 m) * East
93.90 * Unawa Town * Critical * By- pass will avoid these features
* Mosque (1.5 m) * West
* Shrine (8 m) * East
94.10 * Unawa Town * Critical * By- pass will avoid these features
* Shrine (6 m) * East
Lea Associates
Link 032: Link to Visnagar to Sidhpur (km 98.0 to km 112.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
100.35 * Temple (6 m) * East * Sub-critical * Widening towards west.
. Treatment of temple in accordance with the conservation guidelines.
III .10 * Row of large trees * West * Sub-critical * Large trees to be incorporated as part of curb.
Shrine (5 m) * East * Treatment of shrines in accordance with conservation guidelines.
111.60 * Row of large trees * East * Critical * Large trees to be incorporated as part of curb.
* Shrine (6 m) * East * Treatment of shrines in accordance with conservation guidelines.
* Shrine (2 m) * West
111.90 * Shrine (0 m) * West * Critical * Large trees to be incorporated as part of curb.
* Row of large trees on both sides * Shrine to be relocated with concurrence of villagers
112.00 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Large trees to be incorporated as part of curb.
Link 033: Sidhpur to Palanpur (km 112.0 to km 141.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
F] 112.30 * Row of large trees on both sides * Critical * Large trees to be incorporated as part of curb.
* Shrine (5 m) * East * Treatment of shrines in accordance with conservation guidelines.
96
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
LesAssc clats
Table 8.5: Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Corridor 06
Link 063: Godhra to Kalol (km 373.0 to km 350.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
350.21 * Giant Tree (1 m) * West * Sub-critical * Widening on East side
* Row of P3 ** Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
350.80 * Giant Tree (0 m) * East * Sub-critical * Widening on East side
* 2, Giant Tree (2 m) * West * Guard rails around trees on north side
356.42 * Giant Tree (0 m) * East * Sub-critical * Widening on East side
* Giant Tree (I m) * West
362,40 * Vejalpur Village * Critical * Bypass.
362.73 * Vejalpur Village * Critical * Bypass 2. Highway to be planned as an 'urban section' and trees to be
* Giant Tree (I m) * West incorporated within the side curb.
362.90 * Vejalpur Village . * Critical * Bypass 2. Highway to be planned as an 'urban section' and trees to be
* Giant Tree (I m) * West incorporated within the side curb.
363.50 * Vejalpur Village * Critical * Bypass.
* Pond (6 m) * East * Pond to be excavated by an equivalent amount lost.
Link 064: Kalol to Halol (km 350.0 to km 335.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
346.10 * Nursery (0 m) * East * Sub-critical * Widening on East side
* Nursery to be shifted to the west side
346.80 * 3, Giant Tree (I m) * West * Sub-critical * Widening on East side
* Guard rails around trees on north side
Lea Associates
Table 8.6: Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Corridor 17
Link 171: Kadodra to Bardoli (km 17.4 to km 34.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
26.70 * Step Well * North * Critical . Widening on south side.
._______________ * Restoration of Stepped Well in accordance with conservation guidelines.
28.30 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' and warning about the
'constricted CW'.
29.00 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' and warning about the
'constricted CW'.
29.00 -30.20 *. Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
32.00 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' and warning about the
_____________ __________________________________ _____________ ________________ 'constricted C W '.
32.20 * Row of large trees * South * Sub-critical * Widening on north side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
98
4 , '
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
LeaAssociates
Link 172: Bardoli to Bajipura ( km 17.4 to km 34.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
35.08 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
35.28 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
36.90 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
37.39 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
38.10 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
38.49 * 2, Giant. Tree * South * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* 3, Giant Tree * North * Guard rails around trees on North side
41.06 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
47.63 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Giant Tree (I m) * South . Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' anid warning about the
'constricted CW'.
47.70 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Giant Tree (I m) * South * Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' and warning about the
l________________ 'constricted CW'.
49.00 * Row of large trees on both sides * Sub-critical * Constricted CW.
* Signboard announcing the presence of a 'green tunnel' and warning about the
'constricted CW'.
Lea Associates
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
52.43 * Row of large trees * North * Sub-critical * Widening on south side
. .I| * Giant Tree (I m) * South * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
53.00 * Row of large trees * North * Widening on south side
* Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
100
Chapter 8-Mitigation Measures
LEa AsscCIJ*ES
Table 8.7: Hotspot Mitigation Matrix Corridor 28
Link 281: Rajkot to Paddhari (km 3 to km 29)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Level Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
6.645 * Dargah (I m) * North * Critical * CW to be realigned to south side.
13.750 * Step well (13 m) * North * Critical * CW to be realigned to south side.
* Restoration of Well precinct in accordance with Conservation guidelines.
16.350 * Giant Tree (2 m) * North * Sub-critical * Widening towards North side.
* Giant Tree (6 m) * South * Guard rails around trees on west side.
21.150 * Mota Rampar Village * North * Sub-critical * Widening towards south side.
* Giant Tree (I m) * North * Warning signs for presence of village adjacent to CW.
21.200 * Mota Rampar Village * North * Sub-critical * Widening towards south side.
* Giant Tree (I m) * North * Warning signs for presence of village adjacent to CW
* Temple (12 m) * North
Lea Associates
Link 283 Dhrol to Vanthali (km 50.0 to km 63.0)
Chainage Description of feature/s Direction Sensitivity Safeguard/ Mitigation Measure
_ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~Level
50.000 * Giant Tree (I m) * South * Sub-critical * Widening towards North side.
* Dhrol .
50.200 * Giant Tree (I m) . * North * Sub-critical * Widening towards North side.
* Dhrol .
50.300 * Giant Tree (3 m) * South * Sub-critical * Widening towards North side.
* Dhrol . .
50.425 * Giant Tree (I m) * North * Sub-critical * Widening towards North side.
* Row of large trees * North * Warning signs for presence of large trees near the CW
* Dhrol .
102
Chapter 9-Environmental Management Action Plan x@,,
La Assodatf
9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION
PLAN
Table 9.1 to Table 9.3 are the components of Environmental Management
Action Plan (EMAP). These list the impacts along with the appropriate
mitigation measures according to the design, construction and operation phases.
For each of the mitigation measures the location and time frame are included
along with implementing organisation and responsible entity where applicable.
In general, R&BD (with assistance from other agencies in some cases) is the
responsible entity for ensuring that the mitigation measures are carried out. In
many cases the contractor will be the implementing organisation supervised by
R&BD. The SEA contains a detailed discussion of the organisational structure
of the agencies involved with the EMAP.
The EMAP have been given Table 9.3, The Environmental Monitoring Action
Plan in Table 9.2, and the timelines for completed and remaining tasks for the
EMAP (showing the schedule of implementation for Phases IIA and IIB also) is
given in Table 9.3.
103
Lea Assoc,ates
Table 9.1 Environmental Management Action Plan
Environmental Impact Mitigation Nleasurcs taken or to be taken Ref No. Ref. No. 22 Location Timeframe Implementing Capital Operat'l
Organisation / Supv. Cost (Rs) Costs/Unit
Org ~~~~~~~Cost (b) Rs
DESIGN PIIASE * The alignment is selected so as to minimise the land Refer to llotspot During design Designinig Ullit/ iicilided in
occupation to avoid archaeolpgical sites and temples and Mitigation Tables (ESR) R&BD the contract
Aliginment other environmentally sensitive areas. Environmental Document3
* In places where significant stretches of dense mature trees Management Unit
forming canopies over the road, alignments should be (EMU)
considered which avoid or minimise loss of these green
tunnels.
Land and Property acquired * Information dissemination and community consultation. Refer to Table 10.1 in During Design Phase R&BD and NC-Os See
RAP recommended in RAP/ Resettlement
(Resettlement Action Plan) * Compensation will be given to PAPs based on the RAP See Fig 10.3 R&BD Action Plan
which includes the Entitlement Framework. Implementation
. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Schedule in Chapter 10 EMU
* EPs must be movcd bcfore construction starts
Cultiural Heritage * Cultural heritage sites along the alignment should be Refer to Hotspot During design Archaeological Survey 450,000 15,000
identified and surveyed up front. In the case of Mitigation Tables: Table of India/ R&BD
Archaeological sites and Temples adjustment of alignment 8.3 to Table 8.7
is required. In the case of shrines, they may be moved with EMU
prior consultation and approval of local community.
Flood * Bridges and cilverts have been well designed for the Refer to Engineering Duiring design Designing Unit Inclided in
1 Clauses found in contract conditions FIDIC 4
2 Clauses found in the Specification of the contract packages, M.O.S.T. as amended.
3 Refer contract Document Volume 1, Sections 4 & 5
4 Refer Bridge document volume 11, Section 8.
104
Chapter 9-Environmental Manageinemtt Action Plan
L"aAssociates
Environmental Impact Mitigation NMeasures taken or to be taken | RefNo.I1 Ref. No.22 | Location | Timeframe 1 Implementing 1uCapital Opera| I
Ref No I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Organisationi I Supv. jC.s,Rn o:s~
Org ~ ~~~~ Costs/bflRs
puipose of the flood discharge (100 year flood frequency for Design Report bridge
big bridges and 50 year flood frequency for medium size Engineenrng construction
bridges). Fill height has been designed for 50 year flood Consultants/ R&BD
avoidance. EMUcost.
Air Pollition * Vehicles and machinery are to be regularly maintained so 19.1. (c) 111.13 'hroughout Corridor. Beginning with and Contractor/ R&BD Included in
that emissions conform to National and State Standards continuing throughout the Contract
construction. EMU Document
Noise * Noise standard at processing sites, e.g. aggregate cnushing 19.1. (c) 111.13 Throughout Corridor. Beginning and Contractor/R&BD Included in
plants, will be strictly enforced to prevent exceedances of throughout the Contract
301 noise standards. Workers in vicinity of strong noise construction. EMU Document
will wear earplugs and their working time should be limited.
* In construction sites within ISO m of essential areas,
construction should be stopped from 22:00 to 06:00.
* Maintenance of machinery and vehicles should be enhanced
to keep their noise at a minimum.
WATER
Loss of Minor Water * Alignment sitings and filling should avoid ponds and wells Design Refer to Hotspot Whenever encountered Design Unit and 144,000 6,000 for
Bodies and ponds wherever possible. Requirement Identification Matrix during construction. Contractor/ R&D excavation
* Where ponds are affected an equivalent area should be for ponds
excavated/replaced & for wells they must be replaced EMU
immediately. Forest Dept.
Alteration of drainage * In sections along water courses, earth and stone will be 19.1. (c) 306 Refer to Cross Drainage Whsenever encountered Contractor/ R&BD Included in
properly disposed of so as to not block rivers and streams, Structure Engineering during construction. contract
resulting in adverse impact on water quality. Report (CDSR). EMU document
Lea Associates
IE.nviroinimieitail Impact Mlitigation Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. II Ref. No. 22 Location 1Timeframe Implementing Capital Operatil
Organisation / SuIv. Cost (Rs)
Org CostsU/I t it
Cast (b) _s
* All necessary iiieasures will be taken lo prevent earthworks
ajid stone wot ks rclated to the road from ihnpeding cross
drainage at rivers/streamiis and water canals or existing
irrigation and drainage system.
Siltation * Construction materials containing fine particles eg in 19.1. (c) 306 Refer to Construction site Throughout Contractor/ R&BD Included in
limestone or fly ash should 6e stored in an enclosure such plans and CDSR. construction period. contract
that sediment laden water does not drain into nearby water EMU doctiment
courses, but rather percolates slowly into the soil. Forest Dept.
* See measure for soil erosion.
Contatnination from Wastes * All justifiable measures will be taken to prevent the waste 19.1. (c) 111.14 Refer to CDSR, Throughout Contractor/ R&BD Total cost Construction
water produced in construction from enterng directly into construction period. provided by of stilt 5,000
rivers and inigation system. A minimum distance of any 306 EMU Contractor
sewage source or toilet facility should be 200 m from water
sources.
Contamination fromn fuel and * Vehicle maintenance and refuelling should be confined to 19.1. (c) 111.13 Construction camp lease Throughout Contractor/ R&BD Incluided in
libricants areas in construction camps designed to contain spilled area. construction period. contract
lubricants and fuels. Waste petroleum products must be EMU - GPCB document
collected stored and taken to approved disposal sites,
taccording to Gol laws
Sanitation and Waste * Sufficient measures will be taken in the construction camps. 19.1. (c) 111.14 Construction camp lease Before and during Contractor/R&BD Included in
Disposal in Construction ie provision of garbage tanks and sanitation facilities. area. building of constnuction contract
Camips Waste in septic tanks will be cleared periodically. camps. EMU - GPCB doctmsciit
* Drinking water will ineut Indian National Standards.
* Garbage will be collected in a tank and disposed of daily.
* Special attentiot shall be paid to the sanitary condition of
camps.
* Cainps should be located tminimumm distance of 200 m from
water sources.
106
Chapter 9-Environmental Management Action Plan
Lea Associates
Environmental impact Mitigation Illeasures taken or to be taken I 1 1 2 1 Location I Timeframe | Implementing | Capital 1 OueratI
Ref No. I Ref. No. 22pr"
Organisation / Supv. Cost (Rs)
Org Costs/Unit
Cost (b)Rs
SOIL
Soil Erosion * In slopes and other suitable places alonig the roadside, trees Primarily at Cross- Upon completion of Contractor/ R&BD 44,300 45/rn2 for
and grass should be planted. drainage Structures and construction tirfing and
Design fill heights above 3 m activities at these EMU grass
* On sections with high filling and deep cuoting their slopes Requirements Refer CDSR sites
should be covered by stone walls and planted with grass,
etc. If existing irrigation and drainage system ponds are 492,600
damaged, they slsould be rebuilt or recovered by suitable .500/m2 for
methods. stone.
Loss of topsoil * Arable lands should not be used as earth borrowing 19.1. (c) 305.3.3 Throughout corridor During construction Contractor/ R&BD Included in
wheneverpossible. If needed,the topsoil (15cm) shouldbe especially in productive tihe Contract
kept and refilled aflter excavation is over to minimise the areas EMU Document
impact on productive lands. _
Compaction of Soil * Construction vehicles should operate within the Corridor of 19.1. (c) 305.2.2.2 Throughout corridor During construction Contractor/ R&BD Included in
Impact ( Col, ie, approx. II m to either side of the especially in productive the Contract
carriageway centreline) to avoid damaging soil. and areas EMU Docutnent
vegetation
Fl.ORA
Loss of trees * Areas of tree plantation cleared will be replaced according Design Areas of Tree After completion of Forest Dept./ R&BD 11,734,000 32,500 (for
to Compensatory Afforestation Policy inder tIse Forest Plantations Refer to constnictiomi model I)
Conservation Act - 1980. IlIM. activities. EMU
* Tree clearing witlhin RoW slisild be avoided beyond what is Contractor/ R&BD
reqttired for constnmction activities and orto reduce 19.1. (c) 111.15 Dttring cleaning EMU 28800
accidents. D________fing_______ _cleaning________ _______EMU_____
Environmental Impact Nlitigation Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. II Ref No. 22 Location Timeframe Implementing Capital Operat'l
Organisation I Supv. Cost (Rs) Costs/tnit
Cost (b)Rs
.__________________________ ________________operations
Conmpaction of vegetation * See soil compaction. Especially in arable During construction Contractor/ R&BD
areas
___________ ~~~~~~~~EMU
FAUNA * Construction workers should be told to protect nattiral 19. 1. (c) Vicinity of Dairing construction Contractor/ R&BD, Inciluded in
resotirces and wild animals. ,Hunting is prohibited. construction EMU aisd Forest the Contract
Department Document
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Loss of Access * Temporary access should be built at the interchange ofthe 29.1 112.7 At all intersections During construction Contractor/ R&BD Included in
highway and other roads. the Contract
EMU Document
Traffic Jams and congestion * If there are traffic jams during construction, measures 19.1. (c) 112 High traffic and urban During construction Contractor/ R&BD Included in
should be taken to relieve the congestion with the co- areas and State Police the Contract
ordination of transportation and traffic police department. Document
Road safety * Control speed of construction vehicles through road safety Throughout road Dunng Contractor/ R&BD Included in
education and fines. cofridors Construction Construction the Contract
Collisions with camps Docuinent
vehicles, people and * Allow for adequate traffic flow around construction areas.
livestock
* Provide adequate signage, barriers and flag persons for
traffic control.
* Communicate to the public through radio / TV/ Newspaper
announcements regarding the scope and timneframe of. Month previous
projects, as well as certain constrtiction activities causing
disruiptiotis or access restrictions.
Iiclided in the Contract * Make certain that there is good drainage at all constructioni 19.1. (c) 111.4 Consttiuction camps Dutring Constniction Contractor/ R&BD Inclided it
Doctinent areas, to avoid creation of stagnant water bodies especially the Conitract
in tirban/industrial areas, including water in old tires, . At start-uip Health Dept., GoG Docimnent
* Provide adequate sanitation and waste disposal at 19.1. (c) 111.14
construction camps.
At start-up
108
Chapter 9-Environmental Management Action Plan
Lea Assocites
Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. II Ref. No. 22 Location Timeframe Implementing Capital Operat'l 1
1 1l1 Organisation Supv. Cost (Rs) Costs/Unit
I I I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Org Costsh)Rit
. ~~~~~Cos . (b)*s
Provide adequate health care for workers and locate camps 19.1. (e) 111.14
away from vulnerable groups. .
Accidental Risks from * Effective safety and waming measures will be taken to In areas with rock During construction Contractor/ R&BD Included in
blasting reduce accidents. substrate and in quarries the Contract
along roadway a Blasting will not be carried out during rush hours so as not State Polce Dociment
to cause traffic jams and injures. 19.1. (a) 302
a in quarries
* The management and use of blasting materials will be in
strict conformity with the safety requirements for public
security.
Cultural Remains * If archaeological relics or remains are discovered, the ASI Throughout road corridors Throughout Contractor with Included in
should be notified immediately. The construction should be construction Archaeological Survey the Contract
stopped until authorised department assesses the remains. of India/ R&BD Docuiment
* Archaeologists will supervise the excavation to avoid any 27.1
damage to the relics.
OPERATIONAL PIIASE _ _
Natural Environment
Air
Dust * Provide adequate fill height to avoid accumulation of dust. Urban zones Design then build Contractor / R&BD Covered in
during construction construction
phiase undef
Plant immediately after sub-ledo
a Replace roadside tree plantations lost to construction and Refer to HIMPai area is no longer Forest Department/ Fhead of
encourage new afforestation projects. disturbed EMU EMAP
xZ1=
Environmental Impact Nlitigation Measures taken or to be taken Ref No. I Ref. No. 22 Location Timeframe Implementing Capital Operat'i
Organisation / Supv. Cost (Rs) CostslJnit
Org CssUi
_ _ ___________________ Cost (b)Rs
Iooliitioii * Check vehicular cmissions of CO, tIC, NO, SPM, RPM,Pb - See APM Programii ARter completion of Motor Vehicle Dept./ 26,000 6,000
reinforce PUC Programmiles. constrtiction Motor Vehicle Dept.
* Monitoring air pollition See APMP Forest Department/
R&BD
* Afforestation programs - Tree Plantations See Flora R&BD
See HIM EMU - GPCB
Noise * According to monitoring results, at places with excessive After APMP After completion of Motor Vehicle Dept./ Covered in
noise, somnd barriers or other measures should be construction R&BD construtction
considered. phase under
* Public will be educated about the regulations on air sub-head of
pollution and noise of vehicles. - Motor Vehicle Dept. Flora ofthis
Water Resources
Contamination from spills * Contingency plans for clcan up of spills of oil, fuel, toxic Office of Flying Squad If not existing should be Flying Squad of Motor Data not
due to traffic movement and chemicals. developed vehicle Dept. and available
accidents State Police/Same
Maintenance of Storm Water * The drainage system will be periodically cleared so as to Urban areas Beginning and end of R&B Municipal 98,520 100/ Day
Drainage System ensure adequate storm water flow. monsoon Corps./Same Labouir
charges
Fauna
Collision witli wildlife * Post signs for Wild Ass Crossing. None perceived at this At end of Construction Forest Dept. 50,000 10,000 per
point. EMU/ R&BD sign post
110
Chapter 9-Environmental Management Actior7 H'iatt
Lea Assoclates
Social Environment
Accidenit of bazardous * COMPLIANCE with "Rules" as defined in Environnental N/A Prepare Plan within 6 R&BD/Same Included in
materials (Protection) Act, 1986, including: months of the Contract
coinmenceinent of Flying Squad of Motor Docummeint
* For delivery of hazardous substances, three cenificates construction and Velicle DeptS/Same
issued by transportation department are required - pernit famniliarise contractor
license, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles with SCP at start of
delivering hazardouis substances will be printed with unified work and
signis. implementation
* Public security, transponation and fire fighting departments measures are required.
will designate a special route for these vehicles. These
vehicles can only be harboured at designated parking lots.
* This project's hazardous substances will be administered by
highway management department registration system, as
specified in EPA, 1986
* In case of spill of hazardous materials, report to the relevant
departments at once and deal with it in accordance with the
spill contingency plan.
Safety anid noise * Buildings are prohibited within 50 m of the edge of CW. In urban areas or near all Throughout and after Env. Eng. Of each
distuirbance No schools and hospitals are allowed within 200 m of the sensitive community project development Division of R&BD
100 m from the edge of CW. facilities period and Planning
,__________________________ ....._ _ _Department. /R&BD
tea Associates
Table 9.2 Environmental Monitoring Action Plan
Environmental Mitigation Measures taken or to be taken Location Timeframe Implementing Responsible
Impact Organisation Organisation
Atmosphere Operation Phase Location at points where Refer to the GPCB prescribe R&BD
threshold was exceeded mitigation measures standards.
1. Monto .rng Itm: SPM RPM,NOX, O, Pbnow or in the future, to be taken during Motor Vehicle EU-GC
11. Monitoring Frequency 4 times/year for one day operation phase 11 Dept. enforces
and Ill
111. Length of time: 5 years
IV. Monitoring Points: I location on Link 033
Monitoring Standard
Atmospheric Monitoring Standard Issued by the CPCB. . .. ._
Noise A. Monitoring Frequency Location at points where Refer to the R&BD R&BD
threshold was exceeded mitigation measures
(i) Operation Phase: 4 times/year in collaboration with GPCB now or in the future, to be taken during EMU - GPCB
B. Monitoring Points operation phase A(i)
(i) Construction Phase: Ad hoc only if complained is lodged
(ii) Operation Phase: I location on Link 033
Monitoring Standard GPCB - Motor
Vehicle Dept.
Existing noise standard issued by the CPCB
112
Chapter 9-Environmental Management Action Plan
LeiaAssociates
Environmental I Mitigation Measures taken or to be taken 1 Location ITimeframe 1 Implementing | Responsible
Impact Organisation Organisation
Water Quality Parameters: BODs, COD, SS, OIL, Grease, Gasoline, At bridge / culvert During construction. R&BD R&BD
Detergent, Pb, Asphalt, pH reconstruction sites. Co-ordinate water
quality with erosion EMU - GPCB
control and
A Monitoring Frequency: Rupan River bridge Link revegetation
031 km 81.9 programs. If
Construction phase: 3 times during bridge construction mitigation not
activity (twice/day) complied begin WQ
B Monitoring Points: At Cross-drainage Structures where monitoring.
bridges and culverts are to be replaced to be determined in
ESR
C Monitoring Standard
Water quality standard issued by the CPCB _
LIa Associates
Table 9.3: Environmental Implementation Plan
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
ITEM Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4
Phase I
Identification of Ilotspots
Mitigation Measures
Recommendations for Realignment of Corriddrs
Design for Phase I Corridors v
Construction Period for Phase I
Mitigation Measures Taken During Construction - _ _ - - - - -
Turfing and Revegetation - - - __-_--3=m=-=-=m
Tree Plantation - - ___ _ __
Operation Period for Phase I
Air Pollution and Water Monitoring Programme - - - - - _
Mitigation Measures for Operation Period - - - -
Phase IIA
Identification of Hotspots
Mitigation Measures
Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors
Design for Phase lla Corridors A_ v
Phase IIB
Identification of Hotspots
Mitigation Measures
Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors - - - - _
Design for Phase lib Corridors - _
Progress
A Milestone
114
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
LesAssoc
10. RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN
10.1 Introduction
This Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) is concerned with the impacts and their
mitigation on communities along the Phase I corridors. This RAP
demonstrates the level of detail necessary for a project specific RAP, and
highlights the logistical and technical problems faced with meeting regulatory
requirements while at the same time conducting a fair and equitable
consultation programme. The RAP has been written in accordance with the
World Bank Operational Directive 4.30 and is based on the Entitlement
Framework that has been formulated in the SEA.
The Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) is a major element of the EMAP, in
Chapter 9 which describes points in the design, construction and operation
stages of the project, at which RAP actions need to be initiated.
10.2 Project Description
This RAP deals with only the Project Affected Persons (PAPs), properties and
assets located along the 250 km chosen for Phase 1. The SEA Report, contains
more detailed generic information on impacts, mitigation and guidelines for
implementation. For example, details of the existing policy and legislation for
the state related to issues such as environmental assessment and resettlement
are reviewed and analysed in the SEA. As well, the complete Entitlement
Framework is outlined in the SEA, whereas only points specific to those
affected by the Phase I road corridors are examined here.
The project is a road rehabilitation and restructuring project, within an existing
RoW, along a proposed corridor of impact. As a result, the social and
environmental impacts have been minimised and the scale of resettlement is
moderate to low. Overall, the total number of PAPs and impacted property
remains low for Phase I project corridors.
For this ESR, the exact figures of entitled people cannot be given, as the final
alignments of the project roads, defining the area to be disturbed, have not been
completed. Nevertheless, the best available estimates of the numbers of PAPs
are given. These figures are the results of the Socio-economic Survey and
Census of the PAPs within the RoW along the project roads. As the RoW was
much wider than the actual 'corridor of impact' for the roads, the values are a
worst-case scenario, vis-a-vis resettlement1.
1 As specific roads are brought into the active development cycle of the project, the
EP will be verified using engineering design drawings to establish the precise
corridor of impact.
115
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
27Z5
10.3 The Boundaries
As outlined in the SEA, in order to strike a better balance between the use of
the term RoW and the actual area disturbed, the GoG and the World Bank are
using the term 'corridor of impact' (Col)1. It is being applied on a test-basis to
this and other World Bank road improvement projects in India. The Col is
defined on the basis of roadway design-speed and the distance needed (the clear
zone) for a vehicle leaving the road to come to safe stop or to swerve back onto
the carriageway.
For example, for a design-speed of 80-100 km/h the clear zone should extend
4.5 m beyond the standard 2.5 m road shoulder, thus creating a 7 m-wide
cleared area beyond the edge of the carriageway. For this design speed the Col
would be 21 m (4.5 m clear zone plus 2.5 m shoulder plus two 3.5 m
carriageways). See Figure 10.1. In urban areas, with lower design speeds of 50-
60 km/h, the Col is dependent on the cross section spanning the travelled lanes
(2 or 4), the median and the shoulders/footpaths. The total width will vary
from 10 to 26 m. These Col boundaries, when drawn onto the strip maps, yield
much lower and, hopefully, more realistic counts of entitled PAPs. In this
project, the Col concept has not been applied as an absolute measure but,
rather, as a guideline. For example, when schools or hospitals border the RoW,
the Col is extended to include the RoW boundary and beyond.
30 m Typical
Right-of-Way
7.0 m _1_3.Sm _ 3.5m_l_ 7.0 m
Clear Zone Lane Lane Clear Zone
.m 2.5:
hldr __ Shdrl
Comdor of Impact
Figure 10.1: Design Cross Section 2 Lane Rural Highway
(80-100 km/h design speed)
In this project, engineering and safety2 concerns dictate that adjacent obstacles
located within the Col must be completely removed. All PAPs experiencing
losses due to this clearing are entitled persons (EPs). Project affected persons in
the strip of land between the Col and the RoW, will remain in that strip for the
This concept can be applied to rehabilitation and improvement projects only.
Corridors of impact for new roads are much wider. They are project-specific, often
extending beyond the RoW. Air and noise impact zones often extend 10-12 m
beyond the edge of the carriageway, and can even affect people beyond the Col.
Thus the Col must be viewed in the context of the total environmental effect of a
project.
2 It is difficult to provide concrete evidence that plantation trees, located outside the
2.5 m shoulder but within the Col, need to be removed for safety reasons.
Nevertheless, the Col has benefits for the natural environment since it restricts tree
clearing beyond the Col.
116
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan /C
LEa Assoc
present. If, at a later date (no later than the year 2002), the R&BD need to
relocate them for further engineering works related to this project, they will be
compensated under this Resettlement Action Plan, based on the Census of
PAPs. For projects after 2002 another Census will be necessary.
10.4 Measures Taken to Minimise Resettlement
Measures were taken by the engineering design team to minimise the negative
impacts of the project on individual and public property, as well as people. The
SEA lists the general measures taken to minimise resettlement. The interaction
between the engineering design team and the environmental team has resulted
in changes to the road alignments in several communities to avoid significant
cultural or religious properties, as well as permanent residential and business
structures. Additionally, in the more congested settlements, the decision to
design a bypass (to undergo a full EA in Phase IIA) was justified to reduce the
impacts of demolishing a significant number of business and residential
properties, as well as significant religious properties. See Section 8.2 for a
more detailed discussion on the co-ordination between the environmental and
engineering design team and an overview of design philosophy. Additional
measures may be taken as the design process continues on the Phase I road
corridors.
The environmental team worked closely with the engineering team completing
the preliminary design. Information from the strip mapping exercise as well as
the Census and Socio-economic Survey of the PAPs has been very important in
pointing out the potential impacts, sensitive areas and hotspots. The
engineering team took this information into account and altered the alignment
of the roads where feasible to reduce or eliminate the potential impacts. The
consultation process also played an important part in identifying community
concerns with regards to the project roads design (see Chapter 5).
10.5 Entitlement, Compensation and Assistance
10.5.1 Introduction
The Entitlement Framework in Chapter 10 of the SEA is very detailed and
contains all the potential categories (see Table 10.1) of entitled persons to be
affected on all the road corridors for future projects. For estimates of each of
the five corridors see Appendix 3.
Three types of entitlements are defined below and summarised in the following
sections.
10.5.2 Entftlements for Project-affected Households (PAHs)
These entitlements are to cover loss of land, structures and other assets, such as
crops. Also included are a shifting allowance, rights to salvage building
materials, and counselling on alternative assistance.
117
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea A5socC,tEs
Table 10.1: PAPs and Their Entitlements1
Types of Project Affected Persons
Outside Public Right of Way Inside Public Right of Way
Title Holders Tenants Squatters and Encroachers3 Tenants
Vulnerable IuNon V NV Vulnerable Non
Iunentble I Vulnerable
OSS OF LAND AND OTHER ASSETS Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Household (PAH)
Consultation. counselling regarding altematives, and assistance in identifying YES YES YES YES YES YES
new sites and opportunities.
Compensation for land at repiacement cost, plus allowances for fee or other YES YES NO NO NO NO
charges.
Advance notice to harvest non-perenmial crops, or compensatiot for lost YES YES YES YES YES YES
standing crops.
Compensation for perenniai crops and trees, calculated as annuai produce YES YES NO YES /NO, YES /NO, NO
value times remaining producing years.
Replacement or compensation for structures or other non-land assets. YES YES YES YES YES YES
Right is saivage materials from existing stuctures. YES YES YES -YES YES . YES
Inclusion in existing government housing schemes. YES NO YESV/ YES NO NO
_ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NOts
Shifting assistance. (New housing must be available before people are made to YES YES YES YES YES YES
move._
Option of moving to esettlement sites or cluster, incorporating needs for YES YES YES YES YES YES
_shelter and livelihood. I I
OSS OF LWELIHOOD Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Person (PAP)
TRehabilitatton and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood. YES YES YES YES YES YES
tAdditional support mechanisns for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or YES NO YESV/ YES NO NO
enhancing livelihood. ! i |_NON
Employrment opportunities in connection with project, to the extent possible. YES YES YES YES YES YES
0SS OF COMMUNirY STRUCTURE/IFACILITIES Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Group (PAG)
Resioration and improvement of common property resources, such as public water pumps, sanitation and drainage facilities, shrines and temples, cuitural heritage, etc.
Provision for women's needs, particularly reated to location of sources of water and firewood. Social forestry programs may be considered.
Provsion for safe space and access for business purposes, local transport, and public use.
Safety measures for pedestrians. particularly children, and other non-mtotonsed transport.
Landscaping of community common areas in urban environments.
Provstion of roadside areas.
I IThis Table will be completed with the numbers of verified EPs to provide a summary for the R&BD engineers who will be
implementing the Resettlement Action Plans.
2/ Tenants can include Vulnerable (V) and Non Vulnerable (NV) Groups. Where their entitlements differ the following applies:
NON=Nonvulnerable PAPs are not Entitled YESv-Vulnerable PAPs are entitled
3/ Encroachm within the legal RoWs will not be eligible for any sor of compensation unless they are landiess. in which case they will fall
under the vulnerable group category. YES/NOS = Squatters YESINOE = Encroachers
4/ If PAPs are moved off the RoW within the 2 month nottfication period and permanent housing is not available. temporary housing will
be provided until their permanent strucnures are ready.
118
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
LtaAsso,aI
The starting point is the Land Acquisition Act under which title-holders are
awarded compensation for property, structures and other assets, suci as crops
surrendered to the project. The Act requires compensation to be at market
value. Sometimes the legal compensation, paid by the government is lower than
the market value. For Phase I the PCC has already completed market value
assessment to determine additional assistance required in order to reach real
market value. In Phase II the PCC and another independent consulting firm or
a research institution will assess a true market value. Consultation with the
Revenue Department will also take place.
Those not eligible for legal compensation for loss of their structures and assets
may be assisted by other support mechanisms, such as existing government
housing schemes.
If a household asset is to be taken, the family, as a collective unit, is "entitled".
Compensation is given to the head of the household but, if it is new land or
structures, both the husband's and wife's names are to appear on the title.
There are nine general actions for the PAH category.
1. Consultation, counselling regarding alternatives, and assistance in
identifying new sites and opportunities.
PAPs are eligible to receive consultation and counselling with regard to
their entitlements and compensation. Additionally they will be shown
any alternatives available for relocation of their business or households.
They will receive assistance in identifying new sites for relocation and
will be guided on what opportunities are available to them for vocational
and traitting opportunities.
2. Compensation for land at replacement cost, plus allowances for fees or
other charges.
Only titleholders are eligible for compensation under the Land
Acquisition Act. Some titleholders may be members of vulnerable
groups and will thus be eligible for other support mechanisms. Squatters,
encroachers and tenants are not eligible for compensation for land: All
fees, taxes and other charges incurred in the relocation and re-
establishment of EPs will be met by the project.
3. Advance notice to harvest non-perennial crops, or compensation for lost
standing crops.
PAPs will be informed that the land on which their crops are planted will
be used by the project in the near future and that they must harvest their
crops in time. If standing crops cannot be harvested, EPs will be
compensated for the loss.
4. Compensation for perennial crops and trees will be calculated as annual
produce value times remaining producing years.
Only titleholders are eligible for recompense for perennial crops. The
value is calculated by multiplying the annual production value by the
number of productive years remaining.
119
.elf ~nl Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAsso,wtes
5. Replacement or compensation for structures or other non-land assets.
EPs are eligible for replacement or compensation for structures and other
non-land-related assets that are impacted by the project.
6. Right to salvage materials from existing structures.
EPs are eligible to salvage material from their existing structures and
sites, with the exception of trees.
7. Inclusion in existing government housing schemes.
Only those EPs belonging to a vulnerable group, as defined by the
project, are eligible for the existing housing schemes for the weaker
sections of society. Vulnerable groups are defined as Tribals, Scheduled
Castes, Women-headed Households, Landless Agricultural Workers and
any EP with an average household income of less than Rs 2,000/month.
8. Shifting assistance. (Note: Replacement housing must be available
before people are made to move.)
EPs are entitled to a shifting allowance to move their belongings. If their
relocation site is not ready for them, at the end of the two month
notification period, the project must make temporary arrangements until
their permanent structures are ready.
9. Option of moving to resettlement sites, or clusters, incorporating needs
for shelter and livelihood.
EPs will be given the option of voluntary relocation to a site they have
chosen themselves wherever possible or a site chosen by the
implementation team. Whichever option the EP chooses he/she will
receive as much support from the EMU as is required to resettle and
rehabilitate the household.
10.5.3 Entitlements for Project-affected Persons (PAPs)
Every household member over the age of 14 is eligible for assistance for loss of
livelihood. Thus, there may be more than one person eligible in each
household. The project will provide rehabilitation and assistance for lost or
diminished livelihood for any individual impacted by the project. Additional
support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establish
or enhance their livelihood through existing government employment
programmes. If available, employment associated with the project should be
provided. Three actions are possible:
10. Rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood.
EPs are eligible for help to regain their original levels of economic well
being. Vulnerable groups will receive the most targeted support. All EPs
will be counselled on options to improve their economic circumstances.
11. Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing
or enhancing livelihood
Members of vulnerable groups who are EPs will receive targeted support
from the EMU. Counselling on alternatives, guidance on appropriate
training programmes and advice on marketing new products will be
given.
120
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
IfAssoc
12. Employment opportunities connected with the project, to the extent
possible.
Local people whose livelihood is impacted by the project will, where
possible, be offered jobs and training associated with the project.
However this employment is not linked to the entitlements necessary to
restore EPs livelihood but is an additional opportunity. These people are
not necessarily limited to vulnerable groups, although they should be
targeted. Also, collective entitlements will usually require some labour
for construction, operation and maintenance. In case of the local
populace being employed in the construction activities, the EPs and
PAPs should be given priority over other local people. A clause will be
incorporated in the contract documents requiring contractors to give a
percentage of the employment opportunities to local people if they have
the necessary qualifications and ability.
10.5.4 Entitlements for Project-affected Groups (PAGs).
Community-based entitlements will be provided where possible, and targeted
especially at vulnerable and weaker groups. Six actions are listed under this
category.
13. Restoration and improvement of common property resources, such as
public water pumps, sanitation and drainage facilities.
14. Provision for women's needs, particularly related to location of sources
of water andfirewood. Socialforestry programs may be considered.
15. Provision of safe space and access for business purposes, local
transport, and public use.
16. Safety measures for pedestrians, particularly children, and other non-
motorised transport.
17. Landscaping of community common areas in urban environments.
18. Provision of roadside rest areas.
10.5.5 Categories of Project Affected People
In the SEA the categories of Project Affected Persons are discussed in detail,
and the reader is directed to that section of SEA for precise definitions. The
following is a list of those categories:
* Project Affected Persons, Households and Groups;
* Private property owners (land, structures and other assets);
. Squatters;
. Encroachers;
* People losing their livelihood;
* Indirectly affected persons;
. Vulnerable Groups consisting of Women Headed Households, Landless
Agricultural Labourers, Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes; and,
* Others.
Summary tables for the Phase I Corridors of the Estimated PAPs and their
Entitlements documenting the individual, household and group entitlements
121
471=11z~ Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea AsOcfates
and the PAPs that may be impacted are included in Table 10.2. For
implementation of each individual RAP, this Summary Matrix will be given to
the EMU and the NGOs to enable them to see concisely how many EPs they
are required to resettle and rehabilitate at the District level.
10.6 The Socio-Economic Survey and Census
The Socio-economic Survey and Census were completed as one Questionnaire
Survey, for the entire RoW on all five of the project roads. The survey format
has been appended in Appendix 4. The objectives and boundaries of the survey
and census are outlined in the SEA.
People who were not surveyed during the census will not be considered1 as a
PAP in the case of the project roads. However any people, not surveyed during
the census, but able to show documentation or other evidence that they are
rightfully a PAP, will be considered for entitlements during the implementation
of the RAP.
The Socio-economic Survey covered all households, businesses and
community facilities potentially impacted by the proposed Project. The survey
was managed by the PCC and a Questionnaire Survey was developed at the
time of the SEA and ESR during Phase I. The surveyors were managed in the
field by four field supervisors, who were in turn supervised by-a field manager
based in the project office in Gandhinagar. All the teams were familiar with
the survey methodology. The surveyors participated in two days of training,
including pre-testing and revisions of the questionnaire survey. The survey
teams were also trained in various survey techniques to enable them to
document as accurately as possible the information.
The dates of the socio-economic and census survey acted as the cut off dates
which will be used to establish whether a person located in the corridor
qualifies as a PAPs during the implementation of Phase I of this project. Most
people who were not surveyed during the Census will not be considered as
PAPs in the case of these project roads.
The Socio-economic Survey and Census for the five project corridors was
completed during July and August of 1997. The dates of the surveys were as
follows:
Sarkhej to Viramgam July 03-11, 1997
Mehsana to Palanpur July 09-17, 1997
Godhra to Halol August 14-21, 1997
Kadodara to Bajipura August 21-24, 1997
Rajkot to Falla August 10-14, 1997
The end of the census survey will act as the cut-off date, and will be used to
establish whether a person located in the corridor qualifies as a PAP during the
implementation of the various Phases of the project.
122
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
Table 10.2: Entitlement Matrix for Phase I Corridorsl
Types of Project Affected Persons
Outside Public Right of Way Inside Public Right of Way
Title Holders Tenants Squatters and Encroachers3 Tenants
Vulnerable Non Vulnenlrab| No
Vulnerable i2 eble
LOSS OF LAND AND OTHER ASSETS Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Household (PAH)
I Consultation. counseliing regarding alternatives, and assistance in identifying O 0 0 64 35 2
new sites and oppormunities.
2 Compensation for land at replacemcnt cost, pius allowances for fees or other To be To be veeified To be 0 0 0
charges. verified verified
3 Advance notice to harvest non-perennial crops, or compensation for lost O 0 O To be decided 74 To be
standing crops. case by case verified
4 Compensation for perennial crops and trees, calculated as annual preduce To be To be verified To be 00 0
value times remaining producing yeat. verified verified
5 Replacement or compensation for structures or other non-iand assets. 0 0 64 35 2
6 Right to savage materials from existing soucones. To be To be venfied To be 64 35 2
verified verified
7 Inclusion in existing goverrment housing schemes. 0 0 0 7 0 0
8 Shifting assistance. (New housing must be available before people are made to 0 0 0 30 14 2
move.)4
9 Option of moving to rsettlement stes or cluster, incorporamting needs for 0 0 0 0 0 o
shelter and livelihood.
LOSS OF LIVELIHOOD Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Person (PAP)
tO Rehabiliration and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood. 0 0 0 To bc decided 64 0
case by case
It Additionai support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or To be 0 0 90 0 0
enhancing livelihood. verified
12 Employmten opponunities in connection with project, to the extent possible. To be To be vetified To be 193 114 7
verified verified
LOSS OF COMMUNITY STRUCTURE/FACILITIES Unit of Entitlement: Project-affected Group (PAG)
13 Restoration and improvement ofcommon propcrty resources, such as public waterpumps. sanitation and drainage facilities, shrines and temples, culnural heritage, etc.
14 Provision for women's needs, particularly related to location of sources of water and firewood. Social forestry programs may be considered.
15 Provision for safe space and access for business purposes, local transport, and public use.
16 Safety measures for pedestrians, particularly children, and other non-motorised transport.
17 Landscaping of cozmunity common areas in urban environments.
IS Provision of roadside areas.
I / This Tabie will be completed with the numbem of verified EPs to provide a summary for the R&BD engineers who will be
implementing the Resettlement Action Plan. This does not count the legal ownem who will lose their agricultuml land.
2/ Tenants can include Vulnerable (V) and Non Vulnerable (NV) Groups. Where their entitements differ the following applies:
NON=Non vulnerable PAPs are not Entided YESV= Vulnerable PAPs are entitled
3/ Encroachers within the legal RoWs will not be eligible for any sort of compensation unless they are landless, in whicb case they will fall
under the vulnerable group category. YES/NOS = Squatters YESINOE = Encroacliers
4/ If PAPs are moved off the RoW within the 2 month notification period and permanent housing is not available. temporary housing will
be provided until tlteir permanent structures are ready.
123
,ad4QS'Z: Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assoates
Table 10.3 details the estimated PAPs and their properties impacted by the
Phase I project roads. These figures reflect the properties located within the
RoW and will be verified once the final corridor of impact is defined.
Table 10.3: Project Affected Persons and Properties - By link
Losing Residences Losing Businesses Losing Residence Losing Others Total
and/or Business
and/or Plot
Link House- Persons House- Persons House- Persons House- Persons House- Persons
hold hold hold hold hold
011 l 5 3 23 1 8 7 33 12 69
012 0 0 3 21 1 2 0 0 4 23
013 0 0 4 21 0 0 l 8 5 29
031 0 0 5 28 1 6 I 4 7 38
032 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 6 2 11
033 0 0 12 75 0 0 9 50 21 125
063 0 0 3 19 0 0 11 72 14 91
064 1 4 4 21 0 0 5 19 10 44
171 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 11 3 12
172 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 4 l 4
281 1 8 1 7 3 13 2 7 7 35
282 0 0 2 3 0 0 5 19 7 22
283 1 2 0 0 1 6 4 24 6 32
Total 4 19 38 223 8 36 49 257 99 535
The above does not include the (around) 80 households, who vill lose (part ofi their private land holding. All land (7.59 ha)
to be acquired in this project are irrigated agricultural land Each household will lose only a small part of their holding, in
theform of a narrowv strip, will not lose any structure, will not require relocation and are in no danger of losing livelihood
T hey wvill be surveyedfollo wing notification under section 4 of the Land Acquisition Act.
10.7 Socio-Economic Characteristics of the PAPs
The following section will give a short description of the demographic and
socio-economic characteristics of the PAPs for the various project corridors.
The total number of households likely to be impacted as a result of the project
is 536 households. The average household size for the five corridors is 6.0,
varying from 4.6 in Link 282 to 6.7 in Link 64.
Table 10.4 summarises -the distribution and concentration of the Project
Affected Vulnerable Groups by links.
10.7.1 Ethnic Groups
The PAP households are predominantly Hindus, accounting for 83% of the 502
households surveyed. Only few settlements or pockets such as Unawa (30%
Muslims) have large Muslim populations. With regard to linguistic groups,
86% are Gujarati speaking. Hindi accounts for 11% of the PAPs and is mainly
spoken in the Muslim households. The other languages account for only 3% of
those surveyed. The Scheduled Caste households along the corridors account
for 23.3% of the total households likely to be affected, while the Scheduled
Tribal households account for 5.7% of the total number of PAPs surveyed.
124
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan C 3
Ls Associa
Table 10.4: Distribution and Concentration of Project Affec,ted
Vulnerable Groups
Link SC ST HH below Poverty Women Headed Total Total % of
Line Households Vulnerable Households Vulnerable
Group Group
Other SC/ST Other SC/ST Households Impacted Households
Oil 5 2 0 3 0 0 7 12 58%
012 3 l 0 1 0 0 4 4 100%
013 3 0 0 1 0 0 3 5 60%
031 1 0 5 1 0 0 6 7 86%
032 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 2 100%
033 7 0 6 5 0 0 13 21 62%
063 -1 0 5 0 0 0 6 14 43%
064 5 0 3 4 0 0 8 10 80%
171 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 3 33%
172 0 0 1 0 0 0 l l 100%
281 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 7 29%
282 2 0 4 1 0 0 6 7 86%
283 2 0 3 2 0 0 5 6 83%
Totals =29 3 32 18 0 0 64 99 65%
10.7.2 Gender Ratio
'rhe gender (female/male) ratio is 850/1000, which is far less than the state
average of 934 females for every 1000 males. This may be due to the high
level of commercialisation along the corridors. The gender ratio is higher
along the Godhra to Halol (911/1000) and Kadodra to Bajipura corridors,
where the females outnumber the males. This can be attributed to less
commercial activity and more agricultural activity along these corridors.
10.7.3 Literacy
Two-thirds of the PAPs are literate (66%), which is higher than the state's
average of 51% reported during the 1991 census. However, the disparity in the
literacy rates between males and females continues, with 73% of the males
being literate compared with 58% of the females. The educational level among
females is less, with hardly 4% educated beyond high school, compared with
10% amongst males. The school going population, (age group 5-15) constitute
-20% of the population. The effective literacy rare, excluding children below
the age of 5, amongst the PAP households is 82% for males and 64% for
females.
The literacy rates do not vary considerably in the case of Scheduled Castes and
Tribal households, with literacy rates of 62% and 65% respectively. This can
be attributed to their integration into the society and the overall development
level of the state.
10.7.4 Occupation
Of the PAPs, 59% of those likely to be affected fall into the age cohort of 18 to
60 years, constituting a large number of the actual workforce. The involvement
of women pursuing some activities for economic gain below with 89% falling
125
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
into the category of housewives. This can be attributed to the predominantly
rural nature of the project areas, offering very few employment opportunities
for women.
Unemployment is quite high, with 20% of the male workforce reporting they
are unemployed. Nineteen per cent of the total male workforce is involved in
the primary sector, 4% of which constitutes agricultural labourers. Due to the
considerable number of small commercial establishments within the RoW,
31.2% of the male workforce are self-employed. Daily wage earners constitute
a major force, accounting for 21% of the total male workforce. The daily wage
earners account for 35% and 27% of the male workforce of the Scheduled
Castes and Tribal population.
10.7.5 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribal Households
The Scheduled Castes households along the project corridors account for 23%
of the total households likely to be affected, while the Scheduled Tribal
households account for 6 % of the total.
10.7.6 Households Below the Poverty Line
The poverty line defined for this project is an annual monthly household
income of Rs 2,000.1 The average household income of the 502 properties and
units surveyed was Rs 2,200 of the PAP households. 53% fall below the
poverty line, due to the large household sizes and few earning members. The
SC and ST households, along the corridors are at par with other communities
due to the higher levels of literacy and better employment opportunities,
especially outside the agriculture sector. The results of the survey show that
35% of the SC and ST households fall below the poverty line, while the figure
is 31 % for other developed communities. As a result, the Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribal households are no more vulnerable then any of the other
poorer members of society.
10.7.7 Women Headed Households
The number of women headed households in the project corridors who own
property interviewed was 12 out of a total of 502 households surveyed. There
are several categories of losses that impact women headed households: land
only (two), house only (two), shop only (two), land and shop (one), as well as
spill over business space in front of a business unit (five). This is just over 2%
of the total number of properties surveyed. Corridor 01 and Corridor 03 have
five and six respectively. Link 172, contains one woman headed household.
10.7.8 Homeless Population
During the Socio-economic Survey that was carried out for the project
corridors it was found that all households and individuals likely to be affected
had some form of housing.
This includes 25% over the actual poverty line of Rs2O,000, the average annual
household income chosen by the Government of India to define Government
Economic Programmes.
126
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
10.7.9 Tenants Length of Occupancy
The average length of occupancy varied according to the type of use. While
the business establishments were comparatively recent, with an average
occupancy of 12.5 years, most of the agricultural properties were ancestral, and
had been occupied for more than 60 years. The average occupancy of the
residential property or unit was reported to be around 45 years.
There is very little difference in the number of nuclear (47%) and joint
households (53%). The demographic and socio-economic characteristics of
each of the five corridors identified for the project have been summarised in the
tables located in the Natural and Social Environment: Source Information
(NDLI, 1998b)
10.8 Community Consultation Programme with PAPs
The community consultation programme completed in the communities of
project roads is discussed in detail in Chapter 5. The guidelines for second
phase of the community consultation with EPs are suggested below. This
phase will not begin until the Entitlement Framework has been approved and
the verification of the EPs is completed.
The second round of the community consultation programme is concerned
primarily with the implementation of the RAP. The consultation programme
will begin by explaining the Entitlement Framework and resettlement options
to the PAPs and soliciting their support and co-operation. In order to meet the
requirements for community consultation, the PCC or the Environmental
Management Unit (EMU) will complete the following actions:
* prepare an information brochure in the local language, explaining the RAP and
what is required of EPs in order to claim their entitlement. It should be
distributed throughout the project corridors in communities where there will be
entitled persons;
* help of village leaders, and other influential community leaders to encourage the
participation of the EPs in the RAP;
. complete a verification process to ensure the correct information has been
collected and each household has received an ID card with their survey number
on it. Each EP in the household unit will be given a separate Identification Card.
This card will contain specific details of their specific entitlements;
. hold meetings in the villages with the PAPs who live in the village and who live
along the corridors, about 3-5 km from the villages. The purpose of the village
meeting will be to explain the RAP and answer questions concerning the
entitlements. Some individual interviews will take place if PAPs cannot attend
the village meetings and;
* attempt to ensure that the vulnerable groups (VGs) and Squatter EPs understand
the process and that their needs are being taken into, consideration explicitly.
10.9 Feedback on Entitlement Framework and Grievance
Procedure
The Grievance Procedure is outlined in the SEA. The Government of Gujarat
has endorsed the Entitlement Framework. The PCC has received tentative
approval from the World Bank on the Entitlement Framework's objectives and
127
.c:n1=111, cGujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
LeaAssocwztes
principles as of January 1998. The EPs will be consulted on the Entitlement
Framework, the Grievance Process and the implementation of the RAP, once
the project is underway.
10.10 Resettlement Budget
Many of the costs that were used to estimate the budget for the RAP were used
in the economic model. Other costs are based on information collected by the
Socio-economic Survey and Census of the PAPs, and extrapolated for use in
the SEA. A Market Value Assessment was completed in the areas where
property will be acquired on the Phase I roads. The resettlement budget,
particularly, the compensation and assistance payment components for taking
the land and non-land assets, has been modified, using the results of the market
survey. More accurate figures on land values and the estimates for
compensation and assistance will be calculated, if required once the Committee
on Market Value Assessment suggests such modification.
THE VALUE OF LAND. Table 10.5 shows the different land values that were
estimated based on discussion with local sources on property values and
professional judgement.
Table 10.5: Value of Land
Item Value of land in 000 Rs/ha
Irrigated Non Other Village Urban
| Irrigated Land Land Land
Market Value 350 150 50 350 7,000
Compensation 175 75 25 175 3,500
Other Payments 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750
Assistance 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750
The true market value is the amount the World Bank would expect the
government to pay to the PAPs. The compensation paid by the revenue
department is sometimes lower than the market value, and in the case of this
project, was assumed to be half the market value. However, the Solatium at
30% and the Incentive Payment at 35% are added to that figure. The project
will be responsible for paying the difference between the compensation and the
market value and this is referred to as "assistance".
Not all the PAPs will want the incentive payment as part of their compensation
payment. As a result, to simplify things it has been assumed that of the
estimated market value pf a property, the government will pay three quarters of
the cost as compensation and the project will bear one quarter of the cost as
"assistance".
There are no costs for agricultural land in Phase I. This is because no
agricultural land outside the RoW is to be acquired. Agricultural properties are
affected but in most cases the farmers are encroaching on the RoW and will not
be eligible for assistance. In some cases there are structures that are impacted
and will be eligible for assistance, but the agricultural plot is not impacted
significantly. In the case of businesses and residential properties, there is some
land that will need to be acquired, because if the unit is impacted it is likely the
land around it will need to be acquired also.
128
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
Lea Associa.
VALUE OF BUILDINGS. From field surveys it was noted that the average size of
a residential unit was one and a half stories and commercial buildings were on
average one story. Residential and commercial buildings are assumed to be of
similar construction and estimated to cost Rs 3,000/m2 of building floor area,
or foot print which was how the survey team estimated the size of building
units.
The same assumptions are made as above with regards to the amount of
compensation paid of 75% by the government and 25% for assistance by the
project. This results in the values presented in Table 10.6.
Table 10.6: Value of Buildings
Item Value of Building Unit
(000 Rs/m')
Residential Commercial
Number of Stories 1.5 1.0
Market Value 4.50 3.0
Compensation 2.25 1.5
Other Payments 1.125 0.75
Assistance 1.125 0.75
SHRINES. Small shrines located along the roadside within the RoW will have
to be moved (after consultation with local people). The cost of replacing a
shrine was estimated at Rs 5,000.
WELLS. There were three types of wells found during the surveys. Bore wells
cost approximately Rs 100,000 to replace. Tube wells that have hand pumps
and go to a depth of only 50 m cost approximately Rs 50,000 to replace. Tube
wells that require electric pumps and go to a depth of 200 m cost approximately
Rs 300,000. No wells falling into the later category are located in the
immediate vicinity of the Phase I Corridors. The number of wells that may be
impacted for the five corridors of the ESR is 36. It is assumed that one third
will be bore wells (12) and two thirds (24) will be the cheaper tube wells.
TREES. The cost of reforestation and plantations are estimated in the EMAP.
However, some individual trees are potentially lost on private property and
their owners estimate the value at an average of Rs 940 per tree, rounded up to
Rs 1,000. This value will be used to cost the number of privately owned trees
lost.
INCOME AND RENT. Based on the census of PAPs, the monthly average
household income for residential tenants is approximately Rs 1,850 and the
average monthly rent paid by them is Rs 163. (This has been rounded up to Rs
200). Of the total number of residential PAPs approximately 13% are tenants
and 86% are owners.
Lost rent for a tenant for six months will be Rs 1,200. The amount of lost
income for a six month period for a tenant will be Rs 11,100 and for a two
month duration will be Rs 3,700.
The monthly average household income for property owning PAPs is
approximately Rs 2,200. The amount of lost income for a property owner for a
129
.15 Za Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assootes
6 month period will be Rs 13,200. The amount of lost rental income for an
owner will be the total value of his land and property multiplied by a factor of
5%. These figures will be used as the basis for calculating the income and rent
lost.
SQUATTERS AND COSTS OF GOVERNMENT HOUSING SCHEMES. There are 18
residential squatter properties, that is 20% of the total number of residential
properties. Additionally, 60% of the PAPs are classified as falling into the
vulnerable groups category. These figures will be used to calculate the costs
for Government Housing Programmes and Vocational Training Programmes.
Based on the Existing Government Programme for the Economically Weaker
Section of Society, an average cost of Rs 22,000 to the project will be used.
This is based on the cost of Rs 1,250/m2 per household and an average plot size
of 18 m2, of which the State or HUDCO pays Rsl9,500 and the beneficiary
pays Rs 2,500 for a total of Rs 22,000 per unit.
These figures are higher for those eligible for the Low Income Group Housing
Scheme, which varies from Rs 1,250 to Rs 2,650/m2 per household and a plot
size of 100 m2 in the rural areas and 25 to 30 m2 in urban areas. In these cases
the State of HUDCO loan is Rs 70,000 and the beneficiary contributes Rs
30,000 for a total of Rs 100,000 per unit.
MOVING COSTS. It is estimated that moving costs will be Rs 500 for each
entitled person household or business unit.
INCOME GENERATION AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING. The amount used to
estimate the budget for training will be calculated using the sum of Rs 2,000,
based on the Training for Rural Youth for Self Employment Programme and
will be contributed for three years toward a scheme of the EP's choice.
Primarily people in Vulnerable Groups will be eligible for this support.
CONTINGENCY. A 25% contingency provision of the total cost of the RAP has
been made to cover any additional compensation or assistance for PAPs or land
acquisition that may be necessary.
ESTIMATED COSTS. The estimated costs of the RAP for the Phase I project
corridors are given in Table 10. The estimated cost of resettlement and
rehabilitation components in this project is Rs 71.4 million (including a 25%
contingency). Out of this the GoG will bear Rs 15.3 million as the
compensation payable under the Land Acquisition Act, and extension of other
government programmes. The remaining Rs 56.1 million will be paid by the
project towards various household, individual and community assistance, and
includes cost of procurement of training, NGOs for monitoring and
implementation, etc. The operating and activation cost of the EMU is not part
of the above estimate, as the EMU will be financed from an institutional
strengthening component. However, an amount of Rs 4 million has been kept
aside in the R&R budget, for strengthening the EMU.
For Phase I: GSHP, the estimated cost of the R&R component is Rs 11.5
million. Out of this the GoG spends Rs 1.7 million towards compensation
payable under the Land Acquisition Act, and extension. of other government
programmes. The remaining Rs 9.8 million will be paid by the project towards
assistance, etc.
130
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
Les Assoc,ates
10.11 Implementation Plan and Schedule for the RAP
10.11.1 Introduction
An Implementation Plan and Schedule for the RAP on the five project corridors
have been prepared based on the information available and the timetable for
design and construction. This timeline will be updated as the Phase I work
programme and Phase II project corridors come on stream in the future. Figure
10.2 shows the progress of the Implementation Plan for the RAP specifically
for the Phase I roads and Figure 10.3 shows the possible schedule for Phase I
and II. An Implementation Plan and timeline such as this will be required for
each RAP completed during the five years of the project. A simplified
summary of the operational aspects of the Implementation Plan will be
prepared when the project starts. It will be given to the EMU, who will have to
put the plan into action.
The R&BD has established an EMU, for implementing and managing the
EMAP and the RAP. The EMU, its constitution, staffing, responsibilities and
taskcs are described in the SEA, Chapter 10 (Volume 2A).
10.11.2 Implementation Procedure
The implementation of the RAP will consist of four major stages:
Identification of the cut-off date and notification;
Verification of properties of EPs and estimation of their type and level of losses;
Preparation of EPs for relocation; and,
* Relocation and resettlement of the EPs.
IDENTIFICATION OF THE CUT OFF DATE AND NOTIFICATION. With the help
of the Strip Mapping Exercise and the Census of potential PAPs along some of
the project corridors, an estimate of the number of potential PAPs was prepared
in 1997. The field work for the verification of the EPs was completed in
January-March 1998 (where the engineering design team have defined the
corridor of impact). This first step in the implementation process of the RAP
will be to notify and publicise a cut-off date (Census and Survey dates from the
summer of 1997). The EMU will be responsible for completing these exercises.
VERIFICATION OF PROPERTIES OF EPS AND LOSSES. The second stage of the
RAP implementation is to clearly identify all the EPs. The verification
procedure included checking the recorded address, type of property with their
survey numbers, and estimation of type and level of losses. This stage also
involves explaining the entitlement framework to the EPs, as well as the
process for payment of compensation and assistance, the grievance procedures,
and so forth. This will be completed by the EMU with support from the PCC.
131
Table 10.7: The Resettlement and Rehabilitation Budget
PHASE I PHASE II . TOTAL
Component GoG WB Total GoG WB Total GoG wB Total
Acquisitioni of Private Land* 1,138,500 929,775 2,068,275 5,250,000 4,622,500 9,872,500 6,388,500 5,552,275 11,940,775
Acquisition of Private Residences* 1,687,500 562,500 2,250,000 1,687,500 562,500 2,250,000
Acquisition of Private Businesses* - 3,375,000 1,125,000 4,500,000 3,375,000 1,125,000 4,500,000
Acquisttion of Private Wells/Trees , 1,100,000 1,100,000 0 1,100,000 1,100,000
Assistance to Eccroachers 50,000 50,000 200,000 200,000 0 250,000 250,000
Assistance to Squatters 1,290,000 1,290,000 5,160,000 5,160,000 0 6,450,000 6,450,000
Additional Assistence to Vulnerable Group 204,000 204,000 800,000 800,000 0 1,004,000 1,004,000
Shifting Assistance 46,000 46,000 180,000 160,000 0 206,000 206,000
Restoring Livelihoodllncome x100,000 100,000 400,000 400,000 0 500,000 500,000
Restoration of Common Property Resources 1,000,000 1,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 0 5,000,000 5,000,000
Assistance to Tenants/Owner-Occupier 1,350,000 1,350,000 0 1,350,000 1,350,000
Community Infrastructure 8,000,000 8,000,000 0 8,000,001 8,000,000
Conservation of Temples/Shrines 4,365,000 4,365,000 0 .4,365.000 4,365,000
Extension of Govemment Programmes 200,000 200,000 600,000 600,000 800,000 0 800,000
Sub-Total 1,338,500 3,619,775 4,958,275 10,912,500 31,845,000 42,757,500 12,215,000 35,465,775 47,715,775
Staff Training 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 0 400,000 400,000
NGO/I\Mlonitoring/Evaluation Consultants 500,000 500,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 0 1,500,000 1,500,000
Strengthening EMU (Equipments, Software, etc.) 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 0 4,000,000 4,000,000
Public Consultation 500,000 500,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 0 1,500,000 1,500,000
Misc./Others 1,000,000 1,000,000 1I,OOO,OOC 1,000,000 1,000,000 0 2,000,000 2,000,000
Total 1,338,500 7,819,775 9,158275 10,912,500 37,045,000 47,957,500 12.251,000 44,864,775 57,115,775
Contingency @ 25% 334,625 1,954,944 2,289,569 2,728,125 9,261,250 11,989,375 3,062,750 11,216,194 14,278,944
Grand Total 1,673,125 9,774,719 11,447,844 13,640,625 46,306,250 59,946,875 15,313,750 56,080,969 71,394,719
Assistance over and above the compensation under the Land Acquisition Act, in order to pay at replacement value will be met from the WB loan.
132
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan 'diA[S :CKn.
Lea Assoclates
Figure 10.2: Implementation Plan (RAP) Phase IT
1998 1999
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb
Item 1121314 1121314 i1231 7Jn3 - lJ34 1if21 1341234121314 1121314 11213 4 1121314
Engineering Design Completed (ID Col)
Verification of Entitled Persons
Establish Benchmark (Indicators) from Surveys _ _
Approval of Entitlement Framework ___ ____
Community Consultation Programme (ungoing)
Establish Linkages with NGOs
Establish Linkages with Government Programmes
Notification of Entitlements
Grievance Mechanism and Procedures
Identification of Sites for Shelter and Businesses
Agreement of Entitlements
Agreement of CommuLity Benefits
Physical Relocation Mechanisms
Notirication of Relocation _ _ _
Payment of Compensation for Land and Assets___
Construction/Purchase of New Structures_
Movement of EPs to New Sites__=_ __
Initiation of Vocational Training Programmes= = = = == _ _ _ __ _
Contractors on Site_
Restoration of Livelihood_
Internal Monitoring Mechanisms.
External Evaluations__
Figure 10.3: Implementation Timetable Phase I and II
IIenI
L.g.fld~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-L AI 4L.
a 1
0 DPo/es. feDol.p 0O by EMC flEwI.,m.IEnIu.lor ct Ou1l134
134
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan
Lea Assoa
An Entitlement Identity Card (see the SEA) will be prepared giving details of
their type of losses and type of entitlements and each EP will be given an
identification code. This card will be verified by the three parties present and
signed by each of them. Each EP should be given a copy. These tasks will be
undertaken by the EMU, at the district level, with the help of the Executive
Engineer of the R&BD at the district level. In the case of household
entitlement, both the EP and his/her spouse will sign the Identity Card. For
individual entitlements concerning the loss of livelihood, every adult over the
age of 14 will be identified and given documentation of their entitlements. The
EMU will be responsible for this.
PREPARATION OF EPS FOR RELOCATION. The next step will be to prepare the
PAPs for relocation and resettlement through various methods including
community based meetings, dissemination of information in written form, and
individual interviews. The role of NGOs in this respect will be very important.
The community consultation will continue through the project.
Efforts will be made to restrict all development activities with the exception of
capital resource spending during the land acquisition and resettlement period,
for the EPs. No physical relocation from agricultural land, residential units,
business units or other properties will begin unless the alternate arrangements
are made.
RELOCATION AND RESETTLEMENT. During the period of transition, the EPs
will be allowed to have access to their original property and any assets located
there until they become unusable or access is denied. The EPs will be given a
r elocation allowance, as finalised in the Entitlement Framework. Provisions for
the transfer of facilities including building access roads to new neighbourhoods
if needed, will be the responsibility of the EMU. All the necessary steps, for
example, the formation of a joint committee of representatives of the host and
newly resettled communities and regular visits by the officials, will be
undertaken to facilitate resettlement and resolve any issues that arise, in the
case of a large influx of EPs into an existing neighbourhood.
TIMING OF RESETTLEMENT. The resettlement process must be completed by
the start of civil works on the particular sections of road. Requisite procedure
will be developed by the EMU to carry out resettlement of the PAPs located
within the RoW and therefore on publicly owned lands, before civil work starts
on any section of the project roads. These people will be given at least two
months notice to vacate their property before civil works begin. See Figure
10.2 for a Work plan showing the Implementation Tasks for the Phase I RAP.
10.11.3 Timing of Construction
The Pre-qualification was called in November 1997. The invitation to bid is
expected in March 1998. The tenders will be awarded after the approval of the
loan from the World Bank sometime in the summer of 1998. The contractors
will begin construction after the monsoon in October of 1998,on the five
contract packages of Phase I: GSHP. All contracts will last for a duration of 30
months. The requirements of the RAP, that of relocating the PAPs, must be
completed before the contractor breaks ground on any section of road on each
135
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Associates
of the project Phases. The schedule for the Project's implementation is in
Figure 10.3 ( in relationship to construction).
10.11.4 Implementation Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the R&BD to ensure that the RAP is successfully
implemented in a timely manner. The Implementation Plan or RAP for a
specific road corridor will be prepared by the EMU. Figure 10.2 provides
estimates for the implementation of the RAPs based on the proposed timing of
the project. It will be updated as more information becomes available.
10.11.5 Development Plan and Training
Concurrent with this project, an Institutional Strengthening Review was
undertaken. The PCC worked closely with the institutional strengthening
consultants to establish the best organisational structure and the staffing and
training needs of an EMU. Recommendations are made in Section 10 for
training at the state and district level in the disciplines required to implement
the EMAP and the RAP1. Co-ordination with the New Delhi Office of the
World Bank will also take place to identify any opportunities that may arise as
a result of the other Highway Projects being completed and contemplated.
10.12 Follow up
The team have met with the agencies listed in Table 10.8 during the past month
to collect details about the programmes offered by these agencies and to
establish if R&BD can use these programmes to implement components of the
RAP. For example, several PAPs fall in the Vulnerable Group category and
they may be eligible for a residential unit under the Rural Housing Board
Programmes. Additionally, discussions have taken place to establish the
potential level of involvement in the GSHP, their interaction with R&BD and
the constraints regarding resources (such as the lack of human resources,
training and money to complete the programmes). All of these departments
expressed an immediate willingness to work with the R&BD to help them
implement the RAP, wherever possible.
Table 10.8: Potential Agencies for Implementation of RAP Components
Agency Area of Work
Direcorate of Employment an Training Industrial Training (73 Trades)
Gujarat State Rural Housing Board Construction of Low Cost Housing
Directorate of Social Welfare (SC) Implementation and Monitoring of Welfare
Schemes (SC)
Sardar Patel Institutie of Economics and Social Research Projects
Research
State Institute of Rural Development Implementing Training Programmes in Rural
(CAPART) Areas throuh NGOs and District Rural
1 The World Bank Headquarters often will provide short training seminars on EMAP
and RAP implementation and monitoring. It is anticipated that such programmes
would be available with the New Delhi Office shortly.
136
Chapter 10-Resettlement Action Plan 49
LesAssocaeta
Development Agency
Rural Development Commissioner Developing and Implementing Training
Programmes for Rural Poor
Gandhi Labour Institute Research and Training
The Gandhi Labour Institute expressed an interest in monitoring or evaluating
elements of the RAP, as opposed to being involved in the implementation of
the RAP. Further meetings with all agencies (see Table 10.3) are necessary to
set up contacts with these line agencies and to introduce the R&BD and the co-
ordinatoir of the EMU to establish permanent linkages. From that point,
administrative details such as budget and manpower, as well as planning for the
exact numbers of entitled persons can begin.
137
I
Chapter 11-Enhancement Opportunities
Les Assoc,a
11. ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES
11.1 Tree Plantation
Apart from replacing tree plantations that are lost through construction
activities, there is the opportunity to provide supplementary afforestation in
areas without trees, particularly in urban or village areas, or future roadside rest
areas where there is a lack of trees at present.
11.2 Footpaths Linking Villages in Rural Areas
In some instances, where villages are located fairly close together, (such as
Unawa and Unjha on the Mehsana - Palanpur Corridor), existing footpaths
through the roadside plantations should be reinstated after construction. These
paths help to remove some of the pedestrian traffic from the shoulder of the
road and offer a pleasant environment for people walking. Where possible,
linking towns within close proximity of each other by footpaths should be
considered.
11.3 Landscaping and Community Common Areas in
Urban Environment
In village or town centres, in particular in areas such as markets or bus stations,
landscaping designs should be incorporated into the final engineering designs.
These should include some form of plantations such as trees and shrubs, as well
as some benches. These could be located between the service roads and the
main road on small medians as well as around the bus station. Two examples
where this could be incorporated are Unjha and Sanand towns located along
Corridors 03 and 01 respectively.
11.4 Sidewalks in Urban Areas
Urban road sides are typically pedestrian unfriendly in India. Traffic, noise,
congestion, dust and the ever present risk of collisions of vehicles with
pedestrians provides a hostile environment. The provision of sidewalks along
the road corridors in urban areas would significantly enhance the roadside
environment.
11.5 Roadside Rest Areas
In areas of cultural, natural, recreational or tourist points of interest, or of long
stretches of uninterrupted highway, the provision of roadside rest areas would
enhance the traveller's experience as well as the roadside environment. The
rest areas would be provided with areas of shade, tables and benches as well as
sanitary facilities. Where appropriate, interpretative signage, in Gujarati, Hindi
and English, could deliver information about the local cultural or natural
features. One example where this could be incorporated is near the cenotaphs
in Gayatri temple at Sanand on Corridor 01.
139
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Assocates
Another site where a rest area could be incorporated is along the green tunnels
on Corridor 17. Shown is a sketch and the site plan of a proposed rest area
along the corridor (see Figure 11. I and Figure 1 1.2).
11.6 Improved Access to Community Water Supply
To provide an improved access to the local village pond in Talav (km 17.6) so
that the community can more easily collect water, bathe and wash, the
following is recommended. Bathing and washing ghats should be constructed
beyond the retaining wall (which has been proposed as mitigation measure for
the road widening). Benches should be constructed in the shade below the
existing trees.
11.7 Improvements to Existing and Additional Bus Stops
Frequently, pavements are not widened for bus stops and in some locations the
widening is utilised by waiting passengers. The result of these circumstances is
that buses frequently stop in the travelled lane to load and unload passengers.
Widening of pavement at bus stops to provide pullouts for the bus and
delineating a passenger waiting area by using paving stones will improve
congestion and safety at bus stops. Where possible new bus stops will be
added.
140
Chapter 11-Enhancement Opportunities
raz AAR&^e
~~~~~~60 .AlOCP. I
tow
'111 1 ljP
Figure 11.1: Site plan of tlhe Proposed Roadside Rest Area
4zZ~2~ .;,.._ _ '~~~*
F'igure 11.2: Birds Eye View of Proposed Roadside Rest Area
141
I
I
Chapter 12-References
1Lea Assac,.
12. REFERENCES
Ajmera Hem (1997). Characterisation of Factors Modulating Social Forestry
Initiatives-A Case Study, Gujarat, (unpublished thesis), School of
Planning, Centre for Environmental Planning and Technology,
Ahmedabad.
Annual Plan for the Development of Schedule Caste - 1997-98, Special
Component Plan, Social Welfare and Tribal Development Department,
Government of Gujarat.
Annual Report - 1996-97, Gujarat State Housing Board.
Archaeological Survey of India (1958). Ancient and Archaeological Sites and
Remains Act.
Asian Development Bank (1994). Design Manual for Roads and Bridges,
August.
Asian Development Bank (1994). Handbook for Incorporation of Social
Diversions in Projects, May.
Bennet Lynn (1991). Women Poverty and Productivity in India, An EDI
Seminar Paper, No. 43, Economic Development Institute, World Bank.
Canter Larry, Environmental Impact Assessment
Centre for Social Studies (1996). Report No.23 Monitoring and Evaluation of
Resettlement and Rehabilitation Programme for Sardar Sarovar
(Narmada) Project. Gandhinagar, April-September.
Cernea M. Michael (1988). Involuntary Resettlement in Development Projects,
World Bank Technical Paper No. 80.
Cernea M. Michael (1993). The Urban Environment and Population Relocation
World Bank Discussion Papers.
Chowdhary R. Surjit (1990). Environmental Impact Assessment for Light Rail
Transit System, Case Study-Hydrabad (unpublished thesis), School of
Planning and Architecture, New Delhi, January.
Cunniff F.Patrick, Environmental Noise Pollution, John Wiley and Sons.
Directorate of Census operations (1981). Census of Atlas of India-Gujarat,
Ahmedabad.
Dixit K. L. (1960). Geography of Gujarat
]Eighth Five Year Plan - Gujarat State, Government of Gujarat.
Envirotech Centre for Research and Development Envirotech Instruments (P)
Ltd. (1996). Background Material for Short Courses on Air Quality
Monitoring and Management (Compiled ), New Delhi.
Fielden Bernard (1989). Guidelines for Conservation, A Technical Manual,
INTACH, New Delhi.
143
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Les Assocaates
George Michell, Monuments in India, Volume I&II, Penguin Books Inc.
Middlesex, England.
Goodland Robert, IBRD (1989). Tribal People and Economic Development -
Human Ecological Considerations, World Bank, May.
Government of Gujarat (1965). Ancient and Archaeological Sites and Remains
Act.
Government of Gujarat (1976). The Gujarat Town Planning and Urban
Development Act, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat (1979). Planning Resource Atlas-1981 Directorate of
Economics and Statistics, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendium of Administrative, Financial and
Statutory Powers of the Officers of Building, Communication and
Irrigation Department, 2nd Edition.
Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendium of Administrative, Financial and
Statutory Powers of the Officers of Buildings and Communication and
Irrigation Departments, Gujarat Co-operative Printing Press Ltd.
Ahmedabad.
Government of Gujarat (1994). State Programme of Action for the Child in
Gujarat, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Commissionorate of Woman and Child. Mahila Ane
Bal Vikas Sanstha - Nirdeshika
Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economic and Statistics (1996). Socio-
econoniic Review-Gujarat State, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996).
Guajrat Economic Development, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996).
Statistical Outline of Gujarat, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996). Social
Statistics Gujarat, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1986).
Statistical Abstract of Gujarat State - Vol. I and II, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996). Environmental and Wildlife
Conservation in Gujarat State, A Status Paper.
Government of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996a). Integrated Forestry
Development Project, Project Report.
Government of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996). Gujarat Forests
Government of Gujarat (1996a). Integrated Forestry Development Project-
Final Report. Gandhinagar
Government of Gujarat, Gujarat Planning Division, General Administration
Department (1992). Eighth Five Year Plan, 1992-1997, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Gujarat State Road Transport Corporation (1996).
Administrative Report.
144
Chapter 12-References ac
leaAssoci*
Government of Gujarat, Gujarat Water Resource Board (1995). Water
Resources Potential, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Industries Commissionerate (1997). Industries in
Gujarat (some Statistics), Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Industries Commissionerate (1997). Investment in
Large Projects in Gujarat, Udyog Bhawan, Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, Irrigation Department (1997). Rainfall Recording
(1901 - 1997) for 8 Districts, Gandhinagar, February.
Government of Gujarat, Motor Vehicles Department (1994). Annual
Administration Report, Ahmedabad.
Government of Gujarat, Narmada and Water Resources Department (1992).
Report of the Committee on Estimation of Ground Water Resource and
Irrigation Potential in Gujarat State, Gandhinagar, September.
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1987). Gujarat Public Works Manual Volume
I (Orders), Gandhinagar.
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1997) Kamgiri Aayojan - Part II (Gujarati)
Plan and Non Plan Schemes,
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1985). Gujarat Public Works Manual Vol.-II
Appendices, First Edition,
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1987). Gujarat Public Works Manual Vol.-I
Orders, 3rd Edition, March
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1995). Annual Administration Report
(Gujarati)
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1997). Budget Estimates of R&BD for Vol.-I,
Government of Gujarat, R&BD (1997). Kamgiri Andajpatra (Gujarati),
Government of India (1979). Report of the Narmada Water Dispute Tribunal
Under Section 5 (3) of the Inter-State Water Dispute Act - 1956 Vol.- I,
Government of India (1980). The Indian Forest Conservation) Act
Government of India (1981). The Indian Forest (Conservation) Rules
Govemment of India (1988). The Motor Vehicle Act
Government of India (1996). The Indian Forest Act 1927
Government of India 1894 (Amended - 1984). The Land Acquisition Act
Government of India, Draft National Rehabilitation Policy.
Government of India, Directorate of Census Operations (1991). District Census
Hand Books-Gujarat.
Government of India, Ministry of Surface Transport (Road Wing). Specification
for Roads and Bridge Works (3rd Revision)
Government of India, The Ministry of Environment and Forest (1989).
Environmental Guidelines for Rail / Road / Highway Projects,
Department of Environment, Forests and Wildlife, New Delhi.
145
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lea Asscites
Government of Madhya Pradesh, Narnada Valley Development Department
(1992). Madhya Pradesh Rehabilitation Policy for Oustees of Narmada
Project
Government of Maharashtra (1986). Maharashtra PAPs Rehabilitation Act
Guidelines and Principles for Social Impact Assessment, Interorganisational
Committee on Guidelines and Principles of Social Impact Assessment,
May (1994) US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration and National Marine Fishries Unit.
Guidelines for Economic Development Schemes for SC and ST People,
National Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Finance and
Development Corporation, Govemment of India.
Guidelines for Incorporation of Social Dimensions in Bank Operations, Asian
Development Bank, Social Divison Unit, October (1993).
Gujarat Pollution Control Board (1991-1996). Annual Reports, Gandhinagar.
Gujarat Ecological Commission (1996). Current Knowledge Biological
Diversity of Gujarat (unpublished report), Vadodara, February.
Gujarat Ecological Commission (1997). A Benchmark Survey Coastal Marine
Environment of Gujarat, Gulf of Kachchh Vol-I, Vadodara.
Gujarat Ecological Commission (1997). A Status Report: Ecological
Degradation Around Gulf ofKhambhat, Gujarat, Vadodara, February.
Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology (1996). Process of Desertification in
Kachchh and Banaskantha Districts of Gujarat, India (1961 - 1991).
Kachchh-Bhuj.
Highway Rehabilitation Programme Transport Engineering Design Institute,
Hanoi, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Action Plan of Project Affected
Persons, Vietnam.
Horwitz L. Joel (1982). Air Quality Analysis for Urban Transportation
Planning, MIT Press.
IBRD (1994). Third National Highway Project, Initial Environmental
Evaluation Report (IEER) for Medium Term Construction Priorities for
Expressways in India
INTACH and Institute of Asian Cultures (1996). Process for Historic Site
Development, Tokyo, INTACH, New Delhi.
IRC (1979). Environmental Considerations in Planning and Design of Highway
in India, New Delhi.
IRC (1979). Landscaping of Roads, Publication, New Delhi.
IRC (1996). Ribbon Development along Highways and its prevention, New
Delhi.
IRC (1997). Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (third revision), (Roads
Wing - MOST), New Delhi.
Jain Akalank Kumar (1997). Descriptive Law on Pollution and Environment,
7th edition Akalank Publishers, New Delhi.
146
Chapter 12-References
LeaAssoc,s
Joshii Vidyut, Rehabilitation a Premise to Keep - A Case of Sardar Sarovar
Project, Gandhi Labour Institute, Ahmedabad.
Krawetz Natalia M. (1991). Social Impact Assessment: An Introductory
Handbook, Environmental Management Developnment in Indonesia
Project (EMDI), Jakarta and Halifax.
Kumar L. Ajith (1991). Economic Cost of Vehicular Pollution (unpublished
thesis), School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi.
Louis Berger International, Inc. (1994). Bangladesh-Second Road
Rehabilitation and Maintenance Project, Environmental Analysis and
RAP.
Menon AGK (1989) A+D, Conservation in India, Media Transasia (I) Pvt. Ltd.,
November-December.
Motor Vehicle Department, Gujarat State (1994). Annual Administrative Report
ND Lea International (1997c). Compendium of Project Working Papers-
Environment-Attachement to GSHP Interim Report, April 1997 and
part of Environmental Submission.
ND Lea International (1998b). Natural and Social Environment: Source
Information.
Nambiar Prithi (1996). Centre for Environmental Education. The Report on
The Marine National Park and Sanctuary - Jamnagar, Ahmedabad.
Operational Consideration for Integrating Women's Concerns in the Transport
Sector E. Rankin and D. Hines, Asia Technical Infrastructure Division,
October (1991).
Operations Research Group (1993). Preparation of Taluka Level Ecological
Profile, (Report submitted to Gujarat Ecological Commission), Vadodara,
August.
Parikh S. Kirit (1997). India Development Report (edited) Indira Gandhi
Institute of Development Research, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
Peters Charles M. (1996). The Ecology and Management of Non-Timber Forest
Resources, World Bank, Technical Paper Number 322.
Picholia K. R. (1983). Urbanisation in Gujarat, Nagarlok, Vol. XV, Centre for
Urban Societies, IIPA, New Delhi, July-September.
Pieni Christian, Dumanski, Jualian, Hamblin, Ann, Young, Anthony (1995).
Land Quality Indicators.
Primary Survey Results of PAP's Lea Associates for South Asia, 1997.
Randhawa M.S. (1983). Flowering trees, India - the land and the People
National Book Trust, New Delhi.
Rohatgi Rajesh (1994). Traffic Noise Characteristics in a Metropolitan City
Case Study-Delhi (unpublished thesis), School of Planning and
Architecture, New Delhi, January.
Santapan H. Dr. (1996). Common Trees, India - The Land the People. published
by National Book Trust, New Delhi.
147
Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2B: ESR
Lp.aAssociates
SMEC and AIIMS (1997) Environmental Management Plan, Andhra Pradesh
State Highways Project, April.
Smith D. B., Wansem Mieke Vander, World Resources Institute (1995).
Strengthening ELA Capacity in Asia Environmental Impact Assessment in
Philippines, Indonesia and Sri Lanka, June.
Socio-economic Review Gujarat State - 1996-97, Government of Gujarat.
State Programme of Women and Child in Gujarat - 1994, Government of
Gujarat.
The Action Plan for Land Requisition and Resettlement for Quanzhou - Xiamen
Expressway Section of Fuzhou - Xiamen Highway, Fujian Provincial
Directorate Office of Fuzhou-Xiamen Zhangzhou Expressway
Construction, September, (1993).
The Indian Road Congress (1989). Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of
Highway Project
The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive : O.D. 4.20, (Indigenous
People), Washington D.C.
The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.01, Annex
(Environmental Assessment), Washington D.C.
The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.30 (Involuntary
Resettlement), Washington D.C.
The World Bank (1993). Environmental Assessment Source book, An update
No.: 2.5, 8 and 14.
The World Bank (1994). Roads and Environment: A Handbook, New York
The World Bank (1994). Environment Assessment Source Book, Update,
Cultural Heritage in Environmental Assessment, September, No. 8.
The World Bank (1994). People and Trees - The Role of Social Forestry in
Sustainable Development, Economic Development Institute of the World
Bank, Washington, D.C.
The World Bank (1995). Monitoring Environmental Progress, Washington DC.
The World Bank (1996). Sustainable Transport: Priorities for Policy Reform,
Washington DC.
The World Bank (1996). Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles Standards and
Technologies for Controlling Emissions, Washington D.C, November.
The World Bank Environment Department (1994). Resettlement and
Development - The Bankwide Review of Projects Involving Resettlement
The World Bank, Environment Assessment Source Book.
The World Bank, Environment Department (1993). Environment Assessment
Source Book - Update No. 4, October.
The World Bank, Operational Directives: 4.01 Environment Assessment
148
Chapter 12-References O D
LeaAssoates
Transportation and Roads Research Laboratory Research Report (1990). A
Model to Calculate Traffic Noise Levels from Complex Highway Costs
Sections
Tribal Five Year and Annual Sub-Plan, (1996-97): Tribal Development
Division and Tribal Development Department, Government of Gujarat.
World Bank (1990). Operational Directive- 4.20 - Involuntary Resettlement
WWF (1992). ProtectedAreas of the World, India pp 21-47.
WWF (1997). National Parks and Sanctuaries of Gujarat, Ahmedabad.
WWF, ENVIS Centre (1994). Environmental NGOs in India, 6th edition, Lodhi
Estate, New Delhi, November.
Zazoeta Aaron, World Resources Institute (1995). Policy Hits the Ground
Participation and Equity in Environmental Policy Making, September.
149
I
I
Appendixes
LaaAssocaats
APPENDIX 1: DISCUSSION GUIDES
APPENDIX 2: EXAMPLE OF VILLAGE MEETINGS /FGI
REPORTS
APPENDIX 3: SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE SURVEY
151
As
Appendix 1-Discussion Guide c�irZ
LeaAwoates
APPENDIX 1: DISCUSSION GUIDES
Focus GROUP DISCUSSION GUIDE
1. Warm-up-Period [FGI-Time: 2 h
o Talk about general non-controversial subject of mutual interests.
O To help the participants to settle down to a comfortable, relaxed beginning,
thereby.
o Establish a rapport with the participants.
2. Beginning
o Introduction of facilitator and recorder.
O Introducing the Consultants as the PCC.
o Introducing the GSHP.
It is the R&BD with the financial assistance from the World Bank. In view of
rapidly increasing economy and immense potential of industrialisation in the
state R&BD has decided to do upgrading and development of the State
Highways.
3. Purpose / Objective
o The main objective of the project is to improve the performance of the State
Highway.
4. Benefits
o All the road users including PAPs will be benefited on account of safety
comfort and reduced travel time.
o Society will be benefited economically from the saving on vehicle operating
cost, better access to community facilities.
o Significant economic opportunities due to increased access to markets.
o Increased regional development in remote parts of the state, some
employment opportunities will be generated.
o Local business would be benefited, due to increased road traffic.
5. Purpose and scope of the meeting
o The meeting is about making participants aware about the project and to seek
their co-operation at various stages of project planning and implementation.
6. Topics to be covered during the session
o Benefits / Losses perceived;
o Issues / concerns raised;
o Shifting of cultural property / religious property;
o Affects on Environmental resources;
o Resettlement and Rehabilitation;
o Loss of community resources;
o Representatives of vulnerable group;
o Suggested options for project implementation process.
7. Questions/Issues to be examined
1. Which are the perceived benefits from the proposed GSHP?
2. Which are the perceived losses/concerns from the proposed GSHP?
153
.61zaaa~' Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 28: ESR
3. What is likely to be affected by the GSHP?
4. What are their views on shifting Cultural I Religious / Archaeological
properties?
5. If the GSHP affect your property then:
A) Are you willing to relocate voluntarily?
B) In case if you are a legal owner of the property what kind of compensation
would
you prefer?
6. Which are the likely Environment resources to be affected by the
GSHP?
(Tree, Pond, Source of Water etc.)
7. Do they have any suggestion for project design / implementation
process?
If yes, what?
8. Grievance procedure.
Ending the Interview
o Explain the participant when the meeting is about to end to think about what
has been discussed and if they have any other comment to add.
o Thank the participants for their contribution, co-operation and participant.
O Note down the additional comments when participants are in the process of
leaving.
Verification and Documentation of Data.
Cross Checking of the General Data Recorded.
Filling up of the FGI Session Report.
154
Appendix I-Discussion Guide
�,AXss
Village Meeting - Information Disclosure Guide
Mostly the village meetings will be conducted in the corridor of positive
impact where no properties directly affected.
Purpose and Scope of Meeting
The meeting is to inform and make participants aware about the project and its
benefits as well as to seek their co-operation for project implementation.
Warm-up Period
Purpose is to establish rapport with the villagers.
Talk about general facilities available in the village/village festivals/fair.
Topics Covered for Information Disclosure
o Introducing the consultants as the PCC;
o Introducing the GSHP (coverage/design/engineering details);
o Introducing World Bank;
o Information on benefits perceived;
o Information gathering on issues raised during the meeting.
Focus Group/Village Meeting Session Report
Project
Date
District
Village
Venue in the Village
Facilitator
Recorder Name
No. of Participant (Attach List)
Time Session Began
Time Session Ended
Time Team Arrived at Village / Site
Time Team Left Village / Site
155
I lb ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a
Appendix 2-Example of Village Meetings/FGI Reports
APPENDIX 2: EXAMPLE OF VILLAGE MEETINGS
/FGI REPORTS
Village Meeting Gibpura
Corridor 01 Sarkhej - Viramgam
Project Corridor Sarkhej - Viramgam
Date : 27t" August, 1997
Venue : Village Primary School - Gibpura, Ahmedabad Dist.
Duration 2 Hours
No. of Participation 23 Adults (6 women)
General
Gibpura village is situated 4km before Sanand on the Sarkhej - Viramgam state
highway. The village population is approximately 975 as per AWC (Angan
Wadi Centre). Total number of household is 87. 80% of village population is
Muslim and the other 20% belong to SC. Majority of villagers are engaged in
agricultural activities. The village does not have irrigation facilities and
farming is completely dependent on the monsoon. The village has one bore
well but village women are required to fetch drinking water from the highway
1.5km away on northem side of the village. Other two villages located nearby
are utilising the same source of water. Major crops are tobacco, cotton and
pearl millet. The village also has a Panchayat Ghar, Aanganwadi Centre and
primary school. There are a total of 206 students studying at the school. Some
villagers are engaged in other occupations. There is a garage and a pan-galla
shop located on the side of the highway. Villagers have private vehicles that are
mainly used for procurement of agricultural tools/seeds and the selling of
agricultural products.
The road passes through Gibpura village has a clear RoW of 30m. There are no
properties falling within the RoW. However there are a few giant trees located
along side of the road, near the village. The meeting was organised with the
help of the ICDS office Sanand, village president and school principal. The
meeting began with talk of general non-controversial subject such as the village
fair and the monsoon which lead into the topic of the meeting the road projects.
The meeting started with the introduction of individuals, PCC, World Bank
(financial assistance) and R&BD involved in the project. The project explained
by the team including engineering design in detail, with typical cross section
drawing presented. Further detail was also explained about the Sarkhej -
Viramgam project corridor. The over all project design within GSHP and
coverage of other state highways were also explained to the participants.
During the discussion on benefits perceived by the participants it was found
that all participants are going to benefit in terms of less in travel time, less
accidents, as well as more customers and better access to the facilities.
Participants do not see any direct loss because of GSHP, other then loss of few
157
Gujarat State Highways Project- Volume 2B: ESR
leaAssocites
giant trees not used by the villagers, such as Babul (Acacia nelotica), whlich are
along the roadside.
Suggestions Received.
Participants suggested having speed breakers on both ends of the road at the
entrance and exit to the village to control speed of the state highway traffic.
As the villagers having their own (15) private trucks, during the monsoon, it
becomes difficult to bring the vehicle inside the village. It was suggested the
road be widened near village so that parking places will be available on the
road side permanently.
As the village does not have a bus-stop, during the meeting the villagers
volunteered to prepare a roof for the bus stop at their own cost, if the R&BD
will construct the base.
In seeking preference for new tree plantations, participants suggested fruit trees
(mango) and Neem trees.
Participants are ready to give support and co-operation for project
implementation.
Findings .
The village has no property or persons will be directly affected by GSHP.
The proposed project may affect few giant trees on the roadside which did not
seem to concern the residents.
All the participants were positive about the development project and aware of its
benefits.
Major suggestions during the meeting were to widen road near village and to
have speed breaker.
* Participants are ready to co-operate on all issues pertaining to project
- implementation at village level.
158
Appendix 3-Socio-Economic Baseline Survey
APPENDIX 3: SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE
SURVEY
159
GUJARAT STATE HIGHWAYS PROJECT
SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE CENSUS OF PAPs
Survey Form No. (Identification No.) Date Start Time End Time Surveyor_
I . What is likely to be effected by The GSHP
(Only Land-]; Only House-2; Only Shop-3; Land and House-4; Land and Shop-5; House and Shop-6; Land, House and Shop-7; Spill-over Residential Space-8; Spill-over
Business Space-9; Source of Water-10; Others-Il ; in case of others specify.)
2. Present Place of Property Place_
Approximate Location between chainage. to ch. (Locate approximately on the Strip Map also, using the Identification No.)
3. Name of the PAPs
(Main Compensation/ Assistance Receiver)
4. Name of Head of the Household/ Holding
5. PAP's Relationship to the Head of the Household
(PAPs is the Legal Owner or Compensation/ Assistance Receiver)
(Self-1; Spouse-2; Son / Daughter-3; Son/Daughter-in-law-4; Brother/ Sister-5; Brother/ Sister-in-law-6; Parent-7; Grand Children-8; Grand Parent-9; Others-10; in case
of others specify.)
6. Years of Occupation of the Present Property ( Space / Land / Building)
7a. Present Address 7-b. Permanent Address_
8. Religion ( Hindu-i; Muslim-2; Jain-3; Buddhist-4; Christian-5; Parsi-6; Others-7; in case of others specify.)
9. Caste ( SC-I; ST-2; OBC-3; Others-4; in case of others specify.)
10. Mother Tongue ( Gujarati-l; Hindi-2; Marathi-3; Marwari- 4; Punjabi-5; Sindhi-6; Others-7; in case of others specify.)
I. Language predominantly spoken _ (As above)
Please Record Relevant Information about the Probable Losses, as Applicable, in the Following Pages.
160
Appendix 3-Socio-economic Baseline Survey
Le2Assoclat.s
HOUSEHOLD INFORMATION
12. Nature of 1Household _ (Joint-1; Nuclear-2; Other-3; in case of others specify.)
13. HOUSEHOLD COMPOSITION AND PERSONAL INFORMATION
(Please record the following Personal Information)
Si. Name of Relationship Sex Age Marital Educationa Educational Main Secondary Monthly Monthly Special What Kind Whether
No. Persons with Status I Status Occupation Occupation Income Income Skill of Special Present
Head of the Qualificati (Record for (from (from (if any) Training during this
Hlousehold on persons of age main secondary ( if any ) interview
________ __=________ below 15) O occupation) occupation Demanded
Tota
- Sex: Male-1; Female-2.
- Marital Status: Married-]; Unmarried-2; Divorcee-3; Separate-4; Widowed-5; Single-6
- Educational Qualification: Illiterate-I; Primary Schooling-2; Upper Primary Schooling-3; High School-4; Graduate-5; Post-Graduate-6; Technical-7
- Educational Status: Drop-outs-I; School Going-2
- Occupation: Cultivator-I: Agricultural Labourer-2; Daily Wage Earner-3; Private Sector Salaried-4; Public Sector / Government Salaried-5; Self Employed-
6; Housewife-7; Unemployed-8 Pensioner-9; Other-IO; in case of others specify.
- Special Skill: Handicraft-1; Handloom-2; Pottery/ Terra-cotta-3; Artisanship-4; Technical-5; Traditional Medicine-6; Technical-7; Literary-8; Folk Music and
dance-9; Others- 10
- Demand for Training: Vocational-I; Traditional-2; Technical-3; Formal Schooling-4; Informal Schooling-5; Others-6; in case of others specify.
- Relation to lIlead of the llousehold : Self-I; Spouse-2; Son / Daughter-3: Son-in-lfawllJaughter-in-Law-4; Brother/Sister-5; Brother-in-Law/Sister-in-l.aw-6; Parent-7; Grand
Children-8; Grand Parent-9; Others Relatives-10; Otlhcr Non-Relative-I
14. Household Expenditure Pattern (Record Monthly Expenditure in Rupees)
Food Clothing House Transportation Education Health Religious/Social | Fuel/Electricity I Recreation IMiscellaneous
Rent/Repair l
15. Whether the Household has Broken in the Last Five Years (since 1992) (Yes-1; No-2)
If Yes, then Record the Following Details:
Head of The New Household .Size of Household Relationship with Head of This If Land was Divided, Then If House was Divided, If Business was
Household (being interviewed) Share of Each Household Then Share of Each Divided Then
Household Share of Each
Household
- Relation to Head of the Household: Self-I; Spouse-2; Son / Daughter-3; Son-in-Law/Daughter-in-Law-4; Brother/Sister-5; Brother-in-Law/Sister-in-Law-6;
Parent-7; Grand Children-8; Grand Parent-9; Others Relatives-10; Other Non-Relative-I l
16. Migration From and To the Household in the Last Five Years (since 1992)
Name of the Member Relationship with the Sex Age Immigration / Emigration Reason for Migration Distance between Present
Head of the Household and Past Places of
Residence
- Relation to I-lead of the lousehold: Self-I; Spouse-2; Son / Daughter-3; Son-in-Law/Daughter-in-Law-4; Brother/Sister-5; Brother-in-l.aw/Sister-in-Law-6; Parent-7;
Grand Children-8; Grand Parent-9; Others Relatives- 10; Other Non-Relative- I I
- Sex: Male-I; Female-2
- Immigration / Emigration: Immigration- I; Emigration-2
- Reason for Migration: Change/sransfer of Office-1; Job Seeking-2; Family Business-3; Education-4; Health-5; Marriage-6; Dispute-7; Others-8; in case of
others specify. 17.
162
Appendix 3-Socio-economic Baseline Survey
Lea Assoclates
Births and Deaths in the Household in the Last Five Years (since 1992)
Live Births in the Household Deaths in the Household
Name of the Person Year of Birth Sex Name of the Person Relationship to Head Year of Death Cause of Death Age Sex
of the Household _
_ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .._ ___. _ -
- Relation to Head of the Household; Self-il Spouse-2; Son / Daughter-3; Son-in-Law/Daughter-in-Law-4; Brother/Sister-5; Brother-in-Laxv/Sister-in-Law-6;
Parent-7; Grand Children-8; Grand Parent-9; Others Relatives- 10; Other Non-Relative-i I
- Cause of Death: Natural-1; Malnutrition-2; Epidemic-3; Road Accident-4; Other-5; in case of others specify.
18. House (Dwelling Unit) Details:
a) Distance of the Existing CW: from the Plot Boundary (m); from the Building Line (m)
b) Does the House Have: Municipal Water Connection _ _; Municipal Sewer Connection ; Power Connection _ (Yes-1; No-2)
c) Please Give the Following Details:
Likely to be Size of the Ground No. Of Floors Type No. of Separate Separate Separate Kitchen Condition Tenure
impacted Plot Floor Area Rooms Kitchen Toilet Animal Garden Status
l (m2) (m2) Area (m,2) Area (sq. m Shed
)_____ _Area(sq. m)
-2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (sq. m) 9 10 II
- Type of House (Dwelling Unit) : Squatter-): Kachcha-2; Semi-Pucca-3; Pucca-4
- Tenure Status : Own-I; Rented-2; Leasehold-3; Mortgaged-4
- Condition of the House: Good-I; Fair-2; Bad-3
d) Give 3 Reasons / Advantages for Living in this Area / Locality:
(Ancestral Property-1; Own the Property-2; Proximity to Work Place-3;
Proximity to Other Property or Asset-4; Economic Compulsion-5; E IIJ IIl
Proximity to Relatives or Community-6; Ethnically or Religious Compatible
Neighbourhood-7; Access to Education Facilities-8;
Access to Health Facilities-9; Access to Marketing or Distribution Centre-10;
Good Environment-l l; Access to Religious Place-12; Others-13;
in case of others specify)
19. Possession of Material Assets (Please Record Numbers)
Tape Radio Refrigerator Telephone Vehicles Cooking Any
Television Recorder Gas Other
Cycles Hand Animal Two- Four Bus /
.______ ________ ______ __________ ______Cart Cart Wheeler Wheeler True
20. Live Stock Assets (Please Record Numbers)
Classification Young Mature Old
Cows/Buffaloes
Ploughing
Sheep / Goats
Others
Poultry
164
Appendix 3-Socio-economic Baseline Survey
21. Likely Loss of Other Assets
Tree Well Other Category I (Specify) Individual Others Category 11 (Specify) Community Assets
Assets
No. Value (Rs) No. | Value (Rs) No. | Value (Rs) No. Value (Rs)
22. Land Details:
Likely CADE Agricultural Horticultural Plantation Business Other Uses Tenure Status Value of Annual
STAL (Specify) Production
to be NO Irrigated Non-irrigated Irrigated Non- Crop Area Use Area Use Area in Thousand
Irr igated (sq.m. Rupees
- ___ - ____ - ___ ) ____ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(sq.m.)
Impact No. Rotation Area No. of Rotation Area Area Crop (Are (m2)
ed f Cr0op(n2 Crop (2)Croq (in2) 2
-_ _ i - _iL _- _L i. __ _ _ _ __ __ ___
- Likeliness to be Impacted: Yes-I; No-2.
- Agricultural Crop : Paddy-I; Wheat-2; Jowar-3; Bajra-4; Maize-5; Oilseed-6; Vegetable-7; Pulses-8; Cotton-9; Sugarcane-10; Others- I
- Crop Rotation : Give Sequence of Crop (Such as 1-3-6 or 3-4-8 etc) as per above.
- Tenure Status : Own-l; Rented-2; Leasehold-3; Mortgaged-4
- Horticultural Crop : Fruit Crops-I; Vegetables-2
- Plantation Crop : Food Crop-I; Fuel Wood/ Timber-2; Rubber-3; Others-4; in case of others specify.
- Business Use Industrial-I; Trading-2; Poultry-3; Livestock-4; Others-5; in case of others specify.
- Other Uses Religious-I; Social / Community-2; Others-3; in case of others specify.
23. Detail of Business Establishment
a) Distance of the Existing CW: from the Plot Boundary (m); from the Building Line_ _ (m)
b) Distance of the Business Establishment From PAP's House (km); Towards (Adjacent Town on the Project Road)
c) Does the Business Ilave a License: (Yes-I; No-2); If Yes, then Who is the Licensing Authority?_
(Municipality-I; Panchayat-2; Market Association-3; State Government-4; Other-5; in case of others specify.)
d) Please Give the Following Details:
Built-up Separate Separate Spill-over Space No. of Share Type of No. Of Share Investment in Pugri / Net Tenure
Area of Area Storage Servicing (Encroachment) Employees of Business Custom of Business Security Monthly Status
Plot Space Space Busines ers Local Deposit Income
(m2 ) (mn2) ~~(m2) T (i2) Male Female (%) Person Persons (%) (in Thousand (Rs '000) (Rs '000)
per day per day Rupees)
- Type of Construction: (Kachcha-l; Semi-Pucca-2; Pucca-3; Ambulatory-4)
- Type of Business: (Hotel-1; Eating Places-2; Pan Shop-3; Petty Shops-4: Workshops and Repairs-5; Petrol Pumps-6; Godown and Storage-7; Other Shops-8; Other
Commercial Establishments-9;
- Tenure Status: Own-l; Rented-2; Leasehold-3; Mortgaged-4
- Share of Business Use: Note only if the Building is of Mixed Use
166
Appendix 3-Socio-economic Baseline Survey
Lc"Assoclates
25. Financial (Loan, if any) Details
Amount (Rs) Reason Repayment Period Annual Instalment Amount Instalments Due Financier Amount Utilisation
(Year) (Rs) Outstanding (Rs) (No.)
Financier: Bank-1; Intennediatory-2; Money Lender-3; Co-operatives-4; Financing Organisations-5; Personal Sources-6; Subsidised Government Programmes-7
Reason: Agricultural-I; Business-2; New Enterprise-3; Education / Training-4; Health-5; Social-6
- Utilisation: Fully Utilised for Intended Purpose-1; Minor Part Diverted for Purpose(s) Other than Intended-2; Major Part Diverted for Purpose(s) Other than Intended-
3
26. Details of Structures under Construction
a) Distance of the Existing CW: from the Plot Boundary _ _ (m); from the Building Line (m)
b) Does the Building Site Have: Municipal Water Connection _ ; Municipal Sewer Connection ; Power Connection _ _ (Yes-I; No-2)
c) Please Give the Following Details
Proposed Use Plot Area Proposed Built-up Area Area Already Built Proposed No. Of Floors Floors Already Built Investment (Rs in thousand)
Proposed Use: Residential-I; Commercial/ Business-2; Mixed Residential and Commercial-3; Religious-4; Community-5; Others-6; in case of others specify.
27. Perceived Benefits from the Proposed GSHP: (Please record 5 most important benefits
cited)
(Lower Pollution-1; Lower Noise Levels-2; Lower Accidents-3; BetterAccess to Facilities-4;
Better Transportation System-5; Reduced Travel Time-6; Reduced Travel Cost-7;
More Customers-8; Appreciation of Property Values-9; Better Pedestrian Facility- IO;
Better Visual Environment-Il; Increased Employment Opportunities-12; Others-13;
in case of others specify)
28. Perceived Losses from the Proposed GSHP: (Please record 5 most important losses
cited)
(Increased Traffic Congestion-1; Increased Pollution-2; Increased Commercialization-3;
More Difficulty for Pedestrian Traffic-4; More Road Accidents-5; Properties will be Risked-6;
Depreciation of Property Values-7; Risk of being Relocated-8; Loss of Access to Facilities-9;
Loss of Community Assets-10; Loss of Community Interaction- I l; Loss of Visual Environmental
Quality-12; Others-13; in case of others specify)
29. Resettlement and Rehabilitation Options of the PAPs: (Please ask the respondent / PAPs the following questions, and record accordingly)
If the proposed GSHP affects your property, then,
a) Are You Willing to Resettle Voluntarily? _ _ (Yes-1, No-2)
b) In Case, If It is Required, are You Willing to Move Out from the Land/Building You are Occupying now? _ _ (Yes-I, No-2)
c) If Yes, then How Far will You be Moving from the Existing Location? _ _ (km)
d) Do You Require Any Compensation? (Yes-I, No-2)
e) Would You Require Any Assistance? (Yes-1, No-2)
f) In Case, You are Legal Owner of the Property, what Kind of Compensation would you Prefer? (Record 3 options, in the order of Preference)
i) ii) iii)
(Land for Land lost-1, Equivalent Property for Property Lost-2; Government Housing Schemes etc-3; Regular License/ Business Permit etc-4; Cash Compensation-5; Part
Property and Part Cash-6; Commercial Development Rights-7; Full and Complete Resettlement and Rehabilitation by the R and B Department-8; Others-9; in case of others
specify.)
168